Sei sulla pagina 1di 188

BA053D/06/en/10.03 50099247 valid as of software version: V 1.06.XX (Amplifier) V 2.03.

XX (Communications)

PROline promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA Electromagnetic Flow Measuring System

Operating Instructions

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Brief operating instructions


These brief operating instructions show you how to configure the measuring device quickly and easily:
Safety instructions Page 7

Installation Page 13

Wiring Page 47

Display and operating elements Page 68

Basic configuration (device parameters, automation functions) Device-specific parameters are configured and the automation functions specified for the PROFIBUS interface by means of configuration programs from various manufacturers. Page 92 ff.

Note! If the measuring device is equipped with a local display, device-specific parameters and functions can be configured easily and quickly using the "Commissioning" Quick Setup menu, e.g. language of the UI, measured variables, engineering units, signal types, settings for measuring operation with gas, etc. see next page.

System integration Cyclic data exchange, configuration examples Page 93 ff.

Application-specific commissioning Device functions, gas measurement, zero point adjustment, density adjustment Page 83 ff.

Customer-specific configuration Complex measuring operations mean that additional functions must be configured. Users can select these functions individually by means of appropriate device parameters and configure and customise them to suit their process conditions. There are two options open: Setting parameters via the configuration program (e.g. Commuwin II) Setting parameters via the local display (optional) page 71

Note! All functions and device parameters are described in detail in the Description of Device Functions manual, which is a separate part of these Operating Instructions.

Note: Always start trouble-shooting with the checklist on Page 121, if faults occur after commissioning or during operation. The routine takes you directly to the cause of the problem and the appropriate remedial measures.

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

QUICK SETUP Commissioning

QUICK SETUP Commissioning

Note! More detailed information on running Quick Setup menus, especially for devices without a local display, can be found on Page 113 ff.

ENDRESS+HAUSER

+ +

Quick Setup

E +

QS 1002 Commission Language


2000

ESC

HOME-POSITION

Defaults Selection System units Volume


0402 Unit Volume Flow

Mass Unit 0420 Density Value 0700 Density


0400 Unit Mass flow

Quit

Configure another unit?

YES

NO

Autom. Configuration of Display?

YES

NO

Automatic parameterization of the display

Endress+Hauser

F06-53PBxxxx-19-xx-xx-en-001

QUICK SETUP Commissioning

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Contents

Contents
1
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5

Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation, commissioning and operation . . . Operational safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notes on safety conventions and icons . . . . . . 7 7 7 8 8

4.5 4.6

Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Electrical connection check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

5
5.1 5.2

Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Operation at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Operation via the local display . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 5.2.1 Display and operating elements . . . . . 68 5.2.2 Brief description of the function matrix. 71 5.2.3 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Communications: PROFIBUS-DP/-PA . . . . . . . 74 5.3.1 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA technology . . . . . . 74 5.3.2 PROFIBUS-DP system architecture . . . 75 5.3.3 PROFIBUS-PA system architecture . . . 76 5.3.4 Acyclic data exchange. . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Operation with the PROFIBUS configuration programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 5.4.1 Operating options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 5.4.2 Commuwin II operating program . . . . . 80 Hardware configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 5.5.1 Configuration of write protection . . . . . 88 5.5.2 Configuration of the device address . . 89

2
2.1

Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Device designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2.1.1 Nameplate of the transmitter . . . . . . . . 9 2.1.2 Nameplate of the sensor . . . . . . . . . . . .10 CE mark, declaration of conformity . . . . . . . . 10 Device certification PROFIBUS-DP/-PA . . . . . 11 Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 5.3

2.2 2.3 2.4

5.4

3
3.1

Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Incoming acceptance, transport and storage 13 3.1.1 Incoming acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 3.1.2 Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 3.1.3 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Installation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 3.2.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 3.2.2 Mounting location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 3.2.3 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 3.2.4 Inlet and outlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 3.2.5 Vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 3.2.6 Foundations, supports. . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 3.2.7 Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 3.2.8 Nominal diameter and flow rate . . . . . 20 3.2.9 Length of connecting cable . . . . . . . . .26 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 3.3.1 Installing the Promag W sensor . . . . . 27 3.3.2 Installing the Promag P sensor . . . . . . .33 3.3.3 Installing the Promag H sensor . . . . . . .39 3.3.4 Turning the transmitter housing. . . . . . .42 3.3.5 Turning the local display . . . . . . . . . . . .43 3.3.6 Installing the wall-mount transmitter housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Installation check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 5.5

3.2

6
6.1 6.2 6.3

Commissioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Commissioning the PROFIBUS-DP/-PA interface using the local display . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Commissioning using the Class 2 master (Commuwin II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 6.3.1 Rescaling the input value . . . . . . . . . . . 95 System integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 6.4.1 Cyclic data exchange. . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 6.4.2 Configuration examples with Simatic S7 HW-Konfig . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 6.4.3 Cycle times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Application-specific commissioning . . . . . . . 113 6.5.1 Quick Setup Commissioning . . . . . 113 6.5.2 Empty-pipe/full-pipe calibration . . . . . 114 Data storage device (DAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

6.4

3.3

6.5

6.6

3.4

7 8 9
9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 9.6

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Trouble-shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121


Trouble-shooting instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 System and process error messages . . . . . . 123 Process errors without messages . . . . . . . . . 130 Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Removing and installing printed circuit boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Replacing the device fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

4
4.1

Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Cable specifications for PROFIBUS-DP/-PA . 47 4.1.1 PROFIBUS-DP: Cable specifications . 47 4.1.2 PROFIBUS-PA: Cable specifications. . .50 Connecting the remote version . . . . . . . . . . . 52 4.2.1 Connecting Promag W / P / H . . . . . . 52 4.2.2 Cable specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Connecting the measuring unit . . . . . . . . . . . 57 4.3.1 Connecting the transmitter . . . . . . . . . 57 4.3.2 Fieldbus connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Potential equalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 4.4.1 Standard case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 4.4.2 Special cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

4.2

4.3

4.4

Endress+Hauser

Contents

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

9.7 9.8

Replacing exchangeable measuring electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Software history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

10

Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141


141 150 152 153 155 156 160 165 166 170 178

10.1 Technical data at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2 Measuring tube specifications . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3 Resistance to partial vacuum of measuring tube lining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4 Weight details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5 Dimensions of wall-mount housing . . . . . . . 10.6 Dimensions Promag 53 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7 Dimensions Promag 53 P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.8 Dimensions of ground disks (Promag W, P) 10.9 Dimensions Promag 53 H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.10 Process connections Promag H (DN 225) 10.11 Process connections of Promag H (DN 40100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

1 Safety instructions

1
1.1

Safety instructions
Designated use

The measuring device described in this Operating Instruction is to be used only for measuring the flow rate of conductive fluids in closed pipes. A minimum conductivity of 20 S/cm is required for measuring demineralised water. Most fluids can be metered, provided they have a minimum conductivity of 5 S/cm, for example: acids, alkalis, pastes, mashes, pulps, drinking water, wastewater, sewage sludge, milk, beer, wine, mineral water, yogurt, molasses, etc. Resulting from incorrect use or from use other than that designated the operational safety of the measuring devices can be suspended. The manufacturer accepts no liability for damages being produced from this.

1.2

Installation, commissioning and operation

Note the following points: Installation, connection to the electricity supply, commissioning and maintenance of the device must be carried out by trained, qualified specialists authorised to perform such work by the facility's owner-operator. The specialist must have read and understood this Operating Instruction and must follow the instructions it contains. The device must be operated by persons authorised and trained by the facility's owner-operator. Strict compliance with the instructions in the Operating Instruction is mandatory. Endress+Hauser will be happy to assist in clarifying the chemical resistance properties of parts wetted by special fluids, including fluids used for cleaning. If welding work is performed on the piping system, do not ground the welding appliance through the Promag flowmeter. The installer must ensure that the measuring system is correctly wired in accordance with the wiring diagrams. The transmitter must be grounded, unless the power supply is galvanically insulated. Invariably, local regulations governing the opening and repair of electrical devices apply.

1.3

Operational safety

Note the following points: Measuring systems for use in hazardous environments are accompanied by separate Ex documentation, which is an integral part of this Operating Manual. Strict compliance with the installation instructions and ratings as stated in this supplementary documentation is mandatory.The symbol on the front of this supplementary Ex documentation indicates the approval and the certification body ( 0 Europe, 2 USA, 1 Canada). The measuring device complies with the general safety requirements in accordance with EN 61010, the EMC requirements of EN 61326/A1, and NAMUR recommendation NE 21. Depending on the application, the seals of the process connections of the Promag H sensor require periodic replacement. The manufacturer reserves the right to modify technical data without prior notice. Your E+H distributor will supply you with current information and updates to this Operating Instruction.

Endress+Hauser

1 Safety instructions

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

1.4

Return

The following procedures must be carried out before a device requiring repair or calibration, for example, is returned to Endress+Hauser: Always enclose a duly completed Safety regulation form. Only then can Endress+Hauser transport, examine and repair a returned device. Enclose special handling instructions if necessary, for example a safety data sheet as per EN 91/155/EEC. Remove all residues. Pay special attention to the grooves for seals and crevices which could contain residues. This is particularly important if the substance is hazardous to health, e.g. flammable, toxic, caustic, carcinogenic, etc.

Note! You will find a preprinted Safety regulation form at the back of this manual. Warning! Do not return a measuring device if you are not absolutely certain that all traces of hazardous substances have been removed, e.g. substances which have penetrated crevices or diffused through plastic. Costs incurred for waste disposal and injury (burns, etc.) due to inadequate cleaning will be charged to the owner-operator.

1.5

Notes on safety conventions and icons

The devices are designed to meet state-of-the-art safety requirements, have been tested, and left the factory in a condition in which they are safe to operate. The devices comply with the applicable standards and regulations in accordance with EN 61010 Protection Measures for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, Regulation and Laboratory Procedures. They can, however, be a source of danger if used incorrectly or for other than the designated use. Consequently, always pay particular attention to the safety instructions indicated in this Operating Instruction by the following icons:

Warning! Warning indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can result in injury or a safety hazard. Comply strictly with the instructions and proceed with care. Caution! Caution indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can result in incorrect operation or destruction of the device. Comply strictly with the instructions. Note! Note indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can have an indirect effect on operation or trigger an unexpected response on the part of the device.

"
!

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

2 Identification

2
2.1

Identification
Device designation

The Promag 53 flow measuring system consists of the following components: Promag 53 transmitter Promag W, Promag P or Promag H sensor In the compact version, transmitter and sensor form a single mechanical unit; in the remote version they are installed separately.

2.1.1

Nameplate of the transmitter

ENDRESS+HAUSER PROMAG 53
1
Order Code: XXXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX Ser.No.: 12345678901 TAG No.: ABCDEFGHJKLMNPQRST

IP67/NEMA/Type4X

2 3 4 5

16-62VDC/20-55VAC 50-60Hz EPD / MSU


PROFIBUS-PA Profile 3.0

15VA/W

Pat. US 5,323,156 5,479,007 Pat. US 4,382,387 4,704,908 5,351,554

Fig. 1: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Nameplate specifications for the Promag 53 transmitter (example)

Ordering code/serial number: See the specifications on the order confirmation for the meanings of the individual letters and digits. Power supply / Frequency: 16...62 V DC / 20...55 V AC / 50...60 Hz Power consumption: 15 VA / W Additional functions and software: EPD: with Empty Pipe Detection Outputs / inputs: PROFIBUS-DP/-PA Reserved for information on special products Ambient temperature range Degree of protection

Endress+Hauser

F06-53PBxxxx-18-06-xx-xx-000

20C (4F) < Tamb < +60C (+140F)

2 Identification

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

2.1.2

Nameplate of the sensor

ENDRESS+HAUSER PROMAG X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
20C (4F) < Tamb < +60C+140F
i

Order Code: XXXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX Ser.No.: 12345678901 TAG No.: ABCDEFGHJKLMNPQRST

0.5328 / 5 K-factor: DN100 EN (DIN) PN 16 TMmax.: 80C Materials: HG / 1.4435 EPD/MSU R/B EME/AWE 0.2% CAL

IP67/NEMA/Type4X

10
Pat. UK EP 541 878 EP 618 680 Pat. UK EP 219 725 EP 521169

11

Fig. 2: 1 2 3 4 5

Nameplate specifications for the Promag sensor (example)

7 8 9 10

Ordering code/ serial number: See the specifications on the order confirmation for the meanings of the individual letters and digits. Calibration factor: 0.5328; zero point: 5 Nominal diameter: DN 100 Nominal pressure: EN (DIN) PN 16 bar TMmax +80 C (max. fluid temperature) Materials: Lining: hard rubber (HG) Measuring electrodes: stainless steel 1.4435 Additional information (examples): EPD: with Empty Pipe Detection electrode R/B: with Reference electrode EME/AWE: with Exchangeable Measurement Electrodes 0.2% CAL: with 0.2% calibration Reserved for information on special products Ambient temperature range Degree of protection Flow direction

2.2

CE mark, declaration of conformity

The devices are designed in accordance with good engineering practice to meet stateof-the-art safety requirements, have been tested, and left the factory in a condition in which they are safe to operate. They have been tested and left the factory in a condition in which they are safe to operate. The devices comply with the applicable standards and regulations in accordance with EN 61010 Protection Measures for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, Regulation and Laboratory Procedures and with the EMC reqiurements of EN 61326/A1. The measuring system described in this Operating Instruction thus complies with the statutory requirements of the EC Directives. Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing of the device by affixing to it the CE mark.

10

Endress+Hauser

F06-xxxxxxxx-18-05-xx-xx-000

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

2 Identification

2.3

Device certification PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

The Promag 53 flowmeter has passed all the test procedures implemented and has been certified and registered by the PNO (PROFIBUS User Organisation). The device thus meets all the requirements of the specifications listed below: Certified for PROFIBUS 3.0 Device certification number: upon request The instrument meets all of the PROFIBUS 3.0 specifications. The device may also be operated using certified devices from other manufacturers (interoperability).

2.4

Registered trademarks

KALREZ , VITON are registered trademarks of E.I. Du Pont de Nemours & Co., Wilmington, USA TRI-CLAMP is a registered trademark of Ladish & Co., Inc., Kenosha, USA PROFIBUS is a registered trademark of PROFIBUS Nutzerorganisation e.V., Karlsruhe, D S-DAT, T-DAT, ToF Tool-FieldTool Package, FieldCheck, Applicator are registered trademarks of Endress+Hauser Flowtec AG, Reinach, CH

Endress+Hauser

11

2 Identification

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

12

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3 Installation

3
3.1
3.1.1

Installation
Incoming acceptance, transport and storage
Incoming acceptance

Check the packaging and the contents for damage. Check the shipment, make sure nothing is missing and that the scope of supply matches your order.

3.1.2

Transport

The following instructions apply to unpacking and to transporting the device to its final location: Transport the devices in the containers in which they are delivered. Do not remove the protective plates or caps on the process connections until the device is ready to install. This is particularly important in the case of sensors with PTFE linings. Special notes on flanged devices

"

Caution! The wooden covers mounted on the flanges before the device leaves the factory protect the linings on the flanges during storage and transportation. Do not remove these covers until immediately before the device is installed in the pipe. Do not lift flanged devices by the transmitter housing, or the connection housing in the case of the remote version. Transporting flanged devices (DN 300): Use webbing slings slung round the two process connections (Fig. 3). Do not use chains, as they could damage the housing.

Warning! Risk of injury if the measuring device slips. The center of gravity of the assembled measuring device might be higher than the points around which the slings are slung. At all times, therefore, make sure that the device does not unexpectedly turn around its axis or slip.

Fig. 3:

Transporting transmitters with DN 300

Endress+Hauser

13

F06-xxxxxxxx-22-00-00-xx-000

3 Installation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Transporting flanged devices (DN 350): Use only the metal eyes on the flanges for transporting the device, lifting it and positioning the sensor in the piping.

"

Caution! Do not attempt to lift the sensor with the tines of a fork-lift truck beneath the metal casing. This would buckle the casing and damage the internal magnetic coils.

Fig. 4:

Transporting sensors with DN 350

3.1.3

Storage

Note the following points: Pack the measuring device in such a way as to protect it reliably against impact for storage (and transportation). The original packaging provides optimum protection. The permissible storage temperature is 10...+50 C (preferably +20 C). The measuring device must be protected against direct sunlight during storage in order to avoid unacceptably high surface temperatures. Choose a storage location where moisture does not collect in the measuring device. This will help prevent fungus and bacteria infestation which can damage the liner. Do not remove the protective plates or caps on the process connections until the device is ready to install. This is particularly important in the case of sensors with Teflon linings.

14

Endress+Hauser

F06-5xFxxxxx-22-xx-xx-xx-001

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3 Installation

3.2
3.2.1

Installation conditions
Dimensions

Dimensions and the fitting lengths of the transmitter and sensor are on Page 155 ff.

3.2.2

Mounting location

Correct measuring is possible only if the pipe is full. Avoid the following locations: Highest point of a pipeline. Risk of air accumulating. Directly upstream of a free pipe outlet in a vertical pipe.

Fig. 5:

Mounting location

Installation of pumps Do not install the sensor on the intake side of a pump. This precaution is to avoid low pressure and the consequent risk of damage to the lining of the measuring tube. Information on the lining's resistance to partial vacuum can be found on Page 152. It might be necessary to install pulse dampers in systems incorporating reciprocating, diaphragm or peristaltic pumps. Information on the measuring system's resistance to vibration and shock can be found on Page 143.

Fig. 6:

Installation of pumps

Endress+Hauser

15

F06-5xxxxxxx-11-00-00-xx-001

F06-5xxxxxxx-11-00-00-xx-000

3 Installation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Partially filled pipes Partially filled pipes with gradients necessitate a drain-type configuration. The Empty Pipe Detection function (see Page 114) offers additional protection by detecting empty or partially filled pipes.

"

Caution! Risk of solids accumulating. Do not install the sensor at the lowest point in the drain. It is advisable to install a cleaning valve.

Fig. 7:

Installation in partially filled pipe

Down pipes Install a siphon or a vent valve downstream of the sensor in down pipes longer than 5 meters. This precaution is to avoid low pressure and the consequent risk of damage to the lining of the measuring tube. These measures also prevent the system losing prime, which could cause air inclusions. Information on the lining's resistance to partial vacuum can be found on Page 152.

Fig. 8:

Measures for installation in a down pipe (a = vent valve; b = siphon)

16

Endress+Hauser

F06-5xxxxxxx-11-00-00-xx-003

F06-5xxxxxxx-11-00-00-xx-002

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3 Installation

3.2.3

Orientation

An optimum orientation position helps avoid gas and air accumulations and deposits in the measuring tube. Promag, nevertheless, supplies a range of functions and accessories for correct measuring of problematic fluids: Empty Pipe Detection (EPD) ensures the detection of partially filled measuring tubes, e.g. in the case of degassing fluids or varying process pressures (see Page 114) Exchangeable measuring electrodes for abrasive fluids (see Page 137) (only Promag W, P). Vertical orientation This is the ideal orientation for self-emptying piping systems and for use in conjunction with Empty Pipe Detection.

Fig. 9:

Vertical orientation

Horizontal orientation The measuring-electrode plane should be horizontal. This prevents brief insulation of the two electrodes by entrained air bubbles.

"

Caution! Empty Pipe Detection functions correctly with the measuring device installed horizontally only when the transmitter housing is facing upward (Fig. 10). Otherwise there is no guarantee that Empty Pipe Detection will respond if the measuring tube is only partially filled or empty.

Fig. 10: 1 2 3

Horizontal orientation

EPD electrode for the detection of empty pipes (not with Promag H, DN 2...8) Measurement electrodes for the signal acquisition Reference electrode for the potential equalisation (not with Promag H)

Endress+Hauser

17

F06-5xxxxxxx-11-00-xx-xx-000

F06-5xxxxxxx-11-00-00-xx-004

3 Installation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3.2.4

Inlet and outlet runs

If possible, install the sensor well clear of fittings such as valves, T-pieces, elbows, etc. Compliance with the following requirements for the inlet and outlet runs is necessary in order to ensure measuring accuracy: Inlet run 5 x DN Outlet run 2 x DN

Fig. 11:

Inlet and outlet runs

3.2.5

Vibrations

Secure the piping and the sensor if vibration is severe.

"

Caution! It is advisable to install sensor and transmitter separately if vibration is excessively severe. Information on resistance to vibration and shock can be found on Page 143.

> 10 m

Fig. 12:

Measures to prevent vibration of the measuring device

18

Endress+Hauser

F06-5xxxxxxx-11-00-00-xx-006

F06-5xxxxxxx-11-00-00-xx-005

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3 Installation

3.2.6

Foundations, supports

If the nominal diameter is DN 350, mount the transmitter on a foundation of adequate load-bearing strength.

"

Caution! Risk of damage. Do not support the weight of the sensor on the metal casing: the casing would buckle and damage the internal magnetic coils.

Fig. 13:

Correct support for large nominal diameters (DN 350)

Endress+Hauser

19

F06-5xFxxxxx-11-05-xx-xx-000

3 Installation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3.2.7

Adapters

Suitable adapters to (E) DIN EN 545 (double-flange reducers) can be used to install the sensor in larger-diameter pipes. The resultant increase in the rate of flow improves measuring accuracy with very slow-moving fluids. The nomogram shown here can be used to calculate the pressure loss caused by crosssection reduction:

Note! The nomogram applies to fluids of viscosity similar to water. 1. 2. Calculate the ratio of the diameters d/D. From the nomogram read off the pressure loss as a function of flow velocity (downstream from the reduction) and the d/D ratio.

Fig. 14:

Pressure loss due to adapters

3.2.8

Nominal diameter and flow rate

The diameter of the pipe and the flow rate determine the nominal diameter of the sensor. The optimum velocity of flow is 2...3 m/s. The velocity of flow (v), moreover, has to be matched to the physical properties of the fluid: v < 2 m/s: for abrasive fluids such as potter's clay, lime milk, ore slurry, etc. v > 2 m/s: for fluids producing build-up such as wastewater sludge, etc.

Note! Flow velocity can be increased, if necessary, by reducing the nominal diameter of the sensor (see Page 20).

20

Endress+Hauser

F06-5xxxxxxx-05-05-xx-xx-000

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3 Installation

Promag W

Flow rate characteristic values - Promag W (SI units)


Nominal diameter Recommended flow rate min./max. full scale value (v ~ 0.3 or 10 m/s) 9...300 15...500 25...700 35...1100 60...2000 90...3000 145...4700 220...7500 20...600 35...1100 55...1700 80...2400 110...3300 140...4200 180...5400 220...6600 310...9600 420...13500 480...15000 550...18000 690...22500 850...28000 950...30000 1250...40000 1550...50000 1700...55000 1950...60000 2200...70000 2500...80000 2800...90000 3300...100000 3400...110000 dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h Factory setting Low flow cutoff (v ~ 0.04 m/s) 1 2 3 5 8 12 20 30 2.5 5.0 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 125 150 200 225 250 300 325 350 450 450 dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h

[mm] 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 900 1000

[inch] 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24" 28" 30" 32" 36" 40" 42" 48" 54" 60" 66" 72" 78"

1200 1400

1600

1800

2000

Endress+Hauser

21

3 Installation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Flow rate characteristic values - Promag W (US units)


Nominal diameter Recommended flow rate min./max. full scale value (v ~ 0.3 or 10 m/s) 2.5...80 4...130 7...190 10...300 16...500 24...800 40...1250 60...1950 90...2650 155...4850 250...7500 350...10600 500...15000 600...19000 800...24000 1000...30000 1400...44000 1900...60000 2150...67000 2450...80000 3100...100000 3800...125000 4200...135000 5500...175000 9...300 10...340 12...380 13...450 14...500 16...570 18...650 20...700 gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min Mgal/d Mgal/d Mgal/d Mgal/d Mgal/d Mgal/d Mgal/d Mgal/d Factory setting Low flow cutoff (v ~ 0.04 m/s) 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.25 2.0 2.5 4.0 7.0 12 15 30 45 60 60 90 120 180 210 270 300 360 480 600 600 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.7 2.2 2.6 3.0 3.0 gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min Mgal/d Mgal/d Mgal/d Mgal/d Mgal/d Mgal/d Mgal/d Mgal/d

[inch] 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24" 28" 30" 32" 36" 40" 42" 48" 54" 60" 66" 72" 78"

[mm] 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 900 1000

1200 1400

1600

1800

2000

22

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3 Installation

Promag P

Flow rate characteristic values - Promag P (SI units)


Nominal diameter Recommended flow rate min./max. full scale value (v ~ 0.3 or 10 m/s) 4...100 9...300 15...500 25...700 35...1100 60...2000 90...3000 145...4700 220...7500 20...600 35...1100 55...1700 80...2400 110...3300 140...4200 180...5400 220...6600 310...9600 dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h Factory setting Low flow cutoff (v ~ 0.04 m/s) 0.5 1 2 3 5 8 12 20 30 2.5 5.0 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h

[mm] 15 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

[inch] 1/2" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24"

Endress+Hauser

23

3 Installation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Flow rate characteristic values - Promag P (US units)


Nominal diameter Recommended flow rate min./max. full scale value (v ~ 0.3 or ~ 10 m/s) 1.0...27 2.5...80 4...130 7...190 10...300 16...500 24...800 40...1250 60...1950 90...2650 155...4850 250...7500 350...10600 500...15000 600...19000 800...24000 1000...30000 1400...44000 gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min Factory setting Low flow cutoff (v ~ 0.04 m/s) 0.10 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.25 2.0 2.5 4.0 7.0 12 15 30 45 60 60 90 120 180 gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min

[inch] 1/2" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24"

[mm] 15 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

Promag H

Flow rate characteristic values - Promag H (SI units)


Nominal diameter Recommended flow rate min./max. full scale value (v ~ 0.3 or 10 m/s) 0.06...1.8 0.25...7 1...30 4...100 9...300 25...700 35...1100 60...2000 90...3000 145...4700 dm 3/min dm 3/min dm 3/min dm 3/min dm 3/min dm 3/min dm 3/min dm 3/min dm 3/min dm 3/min Factory settings Low flow cutoff (v ~ 0.04 m/s) 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.5 1 3 5 8 12 20 dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min dm3/min

[mm] 2 4 8 15 25 40 50 65 80 100

inch] 1/12" 5/32" 5/16" 1/2" 1" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4"

24

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3 Installation

Flow rate characteristic values - Promag H (US units)


Nominal diameter Recommended flow rate min./max. full scale value (v ~ 0.3 or 10 m/s) 0.015...0.5 0.07...2 0.25...8 1.0...27 2.5...65 7...190 10...300 16...500 24...800 40...1250 gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min Factory settings Low flow cutoff (v ~ 0.04 m/s) 0.002 0.008 0.025 0.10 0.25 0.75 1.25 2.0 2.5 4.0 gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min gal/min

[inch] 1/12" 5/32" 5/16" 1/2" 1" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4"

[mm] 2 4 8 15 22 40 50 65 80 100

Endress+Hauser

25

3 Installation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3.2.9

Length of connecting cable

In order to ensure measuring accuracy, comply with the following instructions when installing the remote version: Secure the cable run or route the cable in a conduit. Movement of the cable can falsify the measuring signal, particularly if the fluid conductivity is low. Route the cable well clear of electrical machines and switching elements. Ensure potential equalisation between sensor and transmitter, if necessary. Permissible cable length Lmax depends on the fluid conductivity (Fig. 15). A minimum conductivity of 20 S/cm is required for measuring demineralised water.

[S/cm] 200

L max

100

5 10 100 L max 200

[m]

Fig. 15:

Permissible cable length for the remote version

Gray shaded area = permissible area Lmax = connecting cable length in [m] Fluid conductivity in [S/cm]

26

Endress+Hauser

F06-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-006

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3 Installation

3.3
3.3.1

Installation
Installing the Promag W sensor

Note! Bolts, nuts, seals, etc. are not included in the scope of supply and must be supplied by the customer. The sensor is designed for installation between the two piping flanges: Observe in any case the necessary screw tightening torques on Page 29 ff. The mounting of additional ground disks is described on Page 28.

Fig. 16:

Installing the Promag W sensor

Seals Comply with the following instructions when installing seals: Hard rubber lining additional seals are always necessary! Polyurethane lining additional seals are recommended For DIN flanges, use only seals acc. to DIN 2690. Make sure that the seals do not protrude into the piping cross-section.

"

Caution! Risk of short circuit. Do not use electrically conductive sealing compound such as graphite. An electrically conductive layer could form on the inside of the measuring tube and short-circuit the measuring signal. Grounding cable (DN 15...2000) If necessary, the special grounding cable for potential equalisation can be ordered as an accessory (see Page 119). Detailled assembly instructions Page 63 ff.

Endress+Hauser

27

F06-5xFxxxxx-17-05-xx-xx-000

3 Installation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Assembly with ground disks (DN 25...300) Depending on the application, e.g. with lined or ungrounded pipes (see Page 62 ff.), it may be necessary to mount ground disks between the sensor and the pipe flange for potential equalisation. Ground disks can be ordered separately as an accessory from E+H (see Page 119).

"

Caution! In this case, when using ground disks (including seals) the total fitting length increases! The dimensions plus information about the material can be found on Page 165. Hard rubber lining install additional seals between the sensor and grounding disk and between the grounding disk and pipe flange. Polyurethane lining only install additional seals between the grounding disk and pipe flange. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Place ground disks and seals between the instrument and the pipe flange (Fig. 17). Insert the bolts through the flange holes. Tighten the nuts so that they are still loose. Now rotate the grounding disk as shown in Fig. 17 until the handle strikes the bolts. This will center the grounding disk correctly. Now tighten the bolts to the required torque (see Page 29 ff.) Connect the grounding disk to ground.

Fig. 17:

Assembly with ground disks (Promag W, DN 15 300)

28

Endress+Hauser

F06-5xFxxxxx-17-05-xx-xx-001

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3 Installation

Torques of threaded fasteners (Promag W) Note the following points: The tightening torques listed below are for lubricated threads only. Always tighten threaded fasteners uniformly and in diagonally opposite sequence. Overtightening the fasteners will deform the sealing faces or damage the seals. The tightening torques listed below apply only to pipes not subjected to tensile stress.

Promag W Nominal diameter [mm] 25 32 40 50 65 * 65 80 80 100 100 125 125 150 150 200 200 200 250 250 250 300 300 300 350 350 350 400 400 400 450 450 450 500

EN (DIN) Pressure rating [bar] PN 40 PN 40 PN 40 PN 40 PN 16 PN 40 PN 16 PN 40 PN 16 PN 40 PN 16 PN 40 PN 16 PN 40 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 10

Threaded fasteners

Max. tightening torque [Nm] Hard rubber Polyurethane 15 24 31 40 27 27 34 34 36 50 48 71 63 88 91 61 92 71 85 134 81 118 138 118 165 252 167 215 326 133 196 253 171

4 x M 12 4 x M 16 4 x M 16 4 x M 16 8 x M 16 8 x M 16 8 x M 16 8 x M 16 8 x M 16 8 x M 20 8 x M 16 8 x M 24 8 x M 20 8 x M 24 8 x M 20 12 x M 20 12 x M 24 12 x M 20 12 x M 24 12 x M 27 12 x M 20 12 x M 24 16 x M 27 16 x M 20 16 x M 24 16 x M 30 16 x M 24 16 x M 27 16 x M 33 20 x M 24 20 x M 27 20 x M 33 20 x M 24


32 32 40 40 43 59 56 83 74 104 106 70 104 82 98 150 94 134 153 112 152 227 151 193 289 153 198 256 155

Endress+Hauser

29

3 Installation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Promag W Nominal diameter [mm] 500 500 600 600 * 600 700 700 700 800 800 800 900 900 900 1000 1000 1000 1200 1200 1200 1400 1400 1400 1600 1600 1600 1800 1800 1800 2000 2000 2000

EN (DIN) Pressure rating [bar] PN 16 PN 25 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 6 PN 10 PN 16 PN 6 PN 10 PN 16 PN 6 PN 10 PN 16 PN 6 PN 10 PN 16 PN 6 PN 10 PN 16

Threaded fasteners

Max. tightening torque [Nm] Hard rubber Polyurethane 300 360 219 443 516 246 318 507 316 385 721 307 398 716 405 518 971 299 568 753 398 618 762 417 893 1100 521 895 1003 605 1092 1261

20 x M 30 20 x M 33 20 x M 27 20 x M 33 20 x M 36 24 x M 27 24 x M 33 24 x M 39 24 x M 30 24 x M 36 24 x M 45 28 x M 30 28 x M 36 28 x M 45 28 x M 33 28 x M 39 28 x M 52 32 x M 30 32 x M 36 32 x M 45 36 x M 33 36 x M 39 36 x M 45 40 x M 33 40 x M 45 40 x M 52 44 x M 36 44 x M 45 44 x M 52 48 x M 39 48 x M 45 48 x M 56

275 317 206 415 431 246 278 449 331 369 664 316 353 690 402 502 970 319 564 701 430 654 729 440 946 1007 547 961 1108 629 1047 1324

* Designed acc. to EN 1092-1 (not to DIN 2501)

30

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3 Installation

Promag W Nominal diameter [mm] 700 750 800 900 1000 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650 1800 2000 [inch] 28" 30" 32" 36" 40" 42" 48" 54" 60" 66" 72" 78"

AWWA Pressure rating

Threaded fasteners

Max. tightening torque [Nm] Hard rubber Polyurethane 292 302 422 430 477 518 531 633 832 955 1087 786

Class D Class D Class D Class D Class D Class D Class D Class D Class D Class D Class D Class D

28 x 1 1/4" 28 x 1 1/4 28 x 1 1/2" 32 x 1 1/2" 36 x 1 1/2" 36 x 1 1/2" 44 x 1 1/2" 44 x 1 3/4" 52 x 1 3/4" 52 x 1 3/4" 60 x 1 3/4" 64 x 2"

247 287 394 419 420 528 552 730 758 946 975 853

Promag W Nominal diameter [mm] 25 25 40 40 50 50 80 80 100 100 150 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 [inch] 1" 1" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 2" 2" 3" 3" 4" 4" 6" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24"

ANSI Pressure rating [lbs] Class 150 Class 300 Class 150 Class 300 Class 150 Class 300 Class 150 Class 300 Class 150 Class 300 Class 150 Class 300 Class 150 Class 150 Class 150 Class 150 Class 150 Class 150 Class 150 Class 150

Threaded fasteners

Max. tightening torque [Nm] Hard rubber Polyurethane 7 8 10 15 22 11 43 26 31 40 59 51 80 75 103 158 150 234 217 307

4 x 1/2" 4 x 5/8" 4 x 1/2" 4 x 3/4" 4 x 5/8" 8 x 5/8" 4 x 5/8" 8 x 3/4" 8 x 5/8" 8 x 3/4" 8 x 3/4" 12 x 3/4" 8 x 3/4" 12 x 7/8" 12 x 7/8" 12 x 1" 16 x 1" 16 x 1 1/8" 20 x 1 1/8" 20 x 1 1/4"


60 38 42 58 79 70 107 101 133 135 128 204 183 268

Endress+Hauser

31

3 Installation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Promag W Nominal diameter [mm] 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 50 65 65 80 80 100 100 125 125 150 150 200 200 250 250 300 300

JIS Pressure rating

Threaded fasteners

Max. tightening torque [Nm] Hard rubber Polyurethane 19 19 22 22 24 24 33 17 45 23 23 35 29 48 51 79 63 72 52 80 87 144 63 124

10K 20K 10K 20K 10K 20K 10K 20K 10K 20K 10K 20K 10K 20K 10K 20K 10K 20K 10K 20K 10K 20K 10K 20K

4 x M 16 4 x M 16 4 x M 16 4 x M 16 4 x M 16 4 x M 16 4 x M 16 8 x M 16 4 x M 16 8 x M 16 8 x M 16 8 x M 20 8 x M 16 8 x M 20 8 x M 20 8 x M 22 8 x M 20 12 x M 22 12 x M 20 12 x M 22 12 x M 22 12 x M 24 16 x M 22 16 x M 24


55 28 29 42 35 56 60 91 75 81 61 91 100 159 74 138

Promag W Nominal diameter [mm] 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600

AS 2129 Pressure rating

Threaded fasteners

Max. tightening torque [Nm] Hard rubber Polyurethane

Table E Table E Table E Table E Table E Table E Table E Table E Table E Table E

8 x M 16 8 x M 16 8 x M 20 8 x M 20 8 x M 20 16 x M 24 16 x M 24 16 x M 24 20 x M 24 20 x M 30

49 38 64 96 98 123 203 226 271 439

32

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3 Installation

3.3.2

Installing the Promag P sensor

"
!

Caution! The protective covers mounted on the two sensor flanges guard the PTFE lining, which is turned over the flanges. Consequently, do not remove these covers until immediately before the sensor is installed in the pipe. The covers must remain in place while the device is in storage. Make sure that the lining is not damaged or removed from the flanges. Note! Bolts, nuts, seals, etc. are not included in the scope of supply and must be supplied by the customer. The sensor is designed for installation between the two piping flanges: Observe in any case the necessary screw tightening torques on Page 36 ff. The mounting of additional ground disks is described on Page 34.

Fig. 18:

Installing the Promag P sensor

Seals Comply with the following instructions when installing seals: Measuring tube linings with PFA or PTFE No seals are required. For DIN flanges, use only seals acc. to DIN 2690. Make sure that the seals do not protrude into the piping cross-section.

"

Caution! Risk of short circuit. Do not use electrically conductive sealing compound such as graphite. An electrically conductive layer could form on the inside of the measuring tube and short-circuit the measuring signal. Grounding cable (DN 15...600) If necessary, the special grounding cable for potential equalisation can be ordered as an accessory (see Page 119). Detailled assembly instructions Page 63 ff.

Endress+Hauser

33

F06-5xFxxxxx-17-05-xx-xx-000

3 Installation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Assembly with ground disks (DN 15...300) Depending on the application, e.g. with lined or ungrounded pipes (see Page 62 ff.), it may be necessary to mount ground disks between the sensor and the pipe flange for the potential equalisation. Ground disks can be ordered separately as an accessory from E+H (see Page 119).

"

Caution! In this case, when using ground disks (including seals) the total fitting length increases! The dimensions plus information about the material can be found on Page 165. PTFE and PFA lining only install additional seals between the grounding disk and pipe flange. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Place ground disks and seals between the instrument and the pipe flange (Fig. 19). Insert the bolts through the flange holes. Tighten the nuts so that they are still loose. Now rotate the grounding disk as shown in Fig. 19 until the handle strikes the bolts. This will center the grounding disk correctly. Now tighten the bolts to the required torque (see Page 36 ff.) Connect the grounding disk to ground.

Fig. 19:

Assembly with ground disks (Promag P, DN 15300)

34

Endress+Hauser

F06-5xFxxxxx-17-05-xx-xx-001

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3 Installation

Installing the high-temperature version (with PFA/PTFE lining) The high-temperature version has a housing support for the thermal separation of sensor and transmitter. The high-temperature version is always used for applications in which high ambient temperatures are encountered in conjunction with high fluid temperatures. The high-temperature version is obligatory if the fluid temperature exceeds +150 C.

Note! Information on permissible temperature ranges Page 144 Insulation Pipes generally have to be insulated if they carry either very hot or cryogenic fluids, in order to avoid energy losses and to prevent accidental contact with pipes at temperatures that could cause injury. Guidelines regulating the insulation of pipes have to be taken into account.

"

Caution! Risk of measuring electronics overheating! The housing support dissipates heat and its entire surface area must remain uncovered. Make sure that the sensor insulation does not extend past the top of the two sensor shells (Fig. 20).

Fig. 20:

Promag P (high-temperature version): Insulating the pipe

Endress+Hauser

35

F06-5xPxxxxx-17-05-00-xx-000

3 Installation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Tightening torques for threaded fasteners (Promag P) Note the following points: The tightening torques listed below are for lubricated threads only. Always tighten threaded fasteners uniformly and in diagonally opposite sequence. Overtightening the fasteners will deform the sealing faces or damage the seals. The tightening torques listed below apply only to pipes not subjected to tensile stress.
Promag P Nominal diameter [mm] 15 25 32 40 50 65 * 65 80 80 100 100 125 125 150 150 200 200 200 250 250 250 300 300 300 350 350 350 400 400 400 450 450 450 EN (DIN) Pressure rating [bar] PN 40 PN 40 PN 40 PN 40 PN 40 PN 16 PN 40 PN 16 PN 40 PN 16 PN 40 PN 16 PN 40 PN 16 PN 40 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 4 x M 12 4 x M 12 4 x M 16 4 x M 16 4 x M 16 8 x M 16 8 x M 16 8 x M 16 8 x M 16 8 x M 16 8 x M 20 8 x M 16 8 x M 24 8 x M 20 8 x M 24 8 x M 20 12 x M 20 12 x M 24 12 x M 20 12 x M 24 12 x M 27 12 x M 20 12 x M 24 16 x M 27 16 x M 20 16 x M 24 16 x M 30 16 x M 24 16 x M 27 16 x M 33 20 x M 24 20 x M 27 20 x M 33 Threaded fasteners Max. tightening torque [Nm] PTFE 11 26 41 52 65 43 43 53 53 57 78 75 111 99 136 141 94 138 110 131 200 125 179 204 188 254 380 260 330 488 235 300 385 PFA

20 35 47 59 40 40 48 48 51 70 67 99 85 120 101 67 105

36

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3 Installation

Promag P Nominal diameter [mm] 500 500 500 600 600 * 600

EN (DIN) Pressure rating [bar] PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25

Threaded fasteners

Max. tightening torque [Nm] PTFE PFA

20 x M 24 20 x M 30 20 x M 33 20 x M 27 20 x M 33 20 x M 36

265 448 533 345 658 731

* Designed acc. to EN 1092-1 (not to DIN 2501)

Promag P Nominal diameter [mm] 15 15 25 25 40 40 50 50 80 80 100 100 150 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 [inch] 1/2" 1/2" 1" 1" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 2" 2" 3" 3" 4" 4" 6" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24"

ANSI Pressure rating [lbs] Class 150 Class 300 Class 150 Class 300 Class 150 Class 300 Class 150 Class 300 Class 150 Class 300 Class 150 Class 300 Class 150 Class 300 Class 150 Class 150 Class 150 Class 150 Class 150 Class 150 Class 150 Class 150

Threaded fasteners

Max. tightening torque [Nm] PTFE PFA

4 x 1/2" 4 x 1/2" 4 x 1/2" 4 x 5/8" 4 x 1/2" 4 x 3/4" 4 x 5/8" 8 x 5/8" 4 x 5/8" 8 x 3/4" 8 x 5/8" 8 x 3/4" 8 x 3/4" 12 x 3/4" 8 x 3/4" 12 x 7/8" 12 x 7/8" 12 x 1" 16 x 1" 16 x 1 1/8" 20 x 1 1/8" 20 x 1 1/4"

6 6 11 14 24 34 47 23 79 47 56 67 106 73 143 135 178 260 246 371 341 477


10 12 21 31 44 22 67 42 50 59 86 67 109

Endress+Hauser

37

3 Installation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Promag P Nominal diameter [mm] 15 15 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 50 65 65 80 80 100 100 125 125 150 150 200 200 250 250 300 300

JIS Pressure rating

Threaded fasteners

Max. tightening torque [Nm] PTFE PFA

10K 20K 10K 20K 10K 20K 10K 20K 10K 20K 10K 20K 10K 20K 10K 20K 10K 20K 10K 20K 10K 20K 10K 20K 10K 20K

4 x M 12 4 x M 12 4 x M 16 4 x M 16 4 x M 16 4 x M 16 4 x M 16 4 x M 16 4 x M 16 8 x M 16 4 x M 16 8 x M 16 8 x M 16 8 x M 20 8 x M 16 8 x M 20 8 x M 20 8 x M 22 8 x M 20 12 x M 22 12 x M 20 12 x M 22 12 x M 22 12 x M 24 16 x M 22 16 x M 24

16 16 32 32 38 38 41 41 54 27 74 37 38 57 47 75 80 121 99 108 82 121 133 212 99 183

Promag P Nominal diameter [mm] 25 50

AS 2129 Pressure rating

Threaded fasteners

Max. tightening torque [Nm] PTFE PFA

Table E Table E

4 x M 12 4 x M 16

21 42

38

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3 Installation

3.3.3

Installing the Promag H sensor

The Promag H is supplied to order, with or without pre-installed process connections. Pre-installed process connections are secured to the sensor with hex-head threaded fasteners.

"

Caution! If you intend to use your own process connections, make up the process adapters as specified on Page 170 ff.. The sensor might require support or additional attachments, depending on the application and the length of the piping run. A wall-mounting kit can be ordered separately from E+H as an accessory (see Page 119).

Fig. 21:

Promag H process connections (DN 2...25, DN 40...100)

A: DN 2...25 / process connections with O-rings: Welding flanges (DIN EN ISO 1127, ODT/SMS), flanges (DIN 2635, ANSI B16.5, JIS B2238), PVDF flanges (EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501), ANSI B16.5, JIS B2238), external and internal pipe threads (ISO / DIN), hose connections, PVC adhesive fitting B: DN 2...25 / process connections with aseptic gasket seals: Weld nipples (DIN 11850, ODT), Tri-Clamp, Clamp (ISO 2852, DIN 32676), coupling (DIN 11851, DIN 11864-1, SMS 1145), flange DIN 11864-2 C: DN 40...100 / process connections with aseptic gasket seals: Weld nipples (DIN 11850, ODT), Tri-Clamp, Clamp (ISO 2852, DIN 32676), coupling (DIN 11851, DIN 11864-1, ISO 2853, SMS 1145), flange DIN 11864-2

Seals When installing the process connections, make sure that the seals are clean and correctly centered.

"

Caution! With metallic process connections, you must fully tighten the screws. The process connection forms a metallic connection with the sensor, which ensures a defined compression of the seal. With plastic process connections, note the max. torques (for PVDF: 3.3 Nm; for PVC: 10 Nm). With plastic flanges, always use seals between connection and counter flange. The seals must be replaced periodically, depending on the application, particularly in the case of gasket seals (aseptic version)! The period between changes depends on the frequency of cleaning cycles, the cleaning temperature and the fluid temperature. Replacement seals can be ordered as accessories Page 119.

Endress+Hauser

39

F06-xxHxxxxx-17-05-xx-xx-000

3 Installation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Usage and assembly of ground rings (DN 225) In case the process connections are made of plastic (e.g. flanges or adhesive fittings), the potential between the sensor and the fluid must be equalised using additional ground rings. If the ground rings are not installed this can affect the accuracy of the measurements or cause the destruction of the sensor through the electrochemical erosion of the electrodes.

"

Caution! Depending on the option ordered, plastic disks may be installed at the process connections instead of ground rings. These plastic disks serve only as spacers and have no potential equalization function. In addition, they provide a sealing function at the interface between the sensor and process connection. For this reason, with process connections without ground rings, these plastic disks/seals must not be removed, or must always be installed. Ground rings can be ordered separately from E+H as accessories (see Page 119). When placing the order, make certain that the ground ring is compatible with the material used for the electrodes. Otherwise, there is a risk that the electrodes may be destroyed by electrochemical corrosion! Information about the materials can be found on Page 146. Ground rings, including the seals, are mounted within the process connections. Therefore, the fitting length is not affected. The dimensions of the ground rings can be found on Page 177. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Loosen the four hexagonal headed bolts (1) and remove the process connection from the sensor (5). Remove the plastic disk (3), including the two o-ring seals. Place the new seal (2) in the groove of the process connection. Place the metal ground ring (3) on the process connection. Now place the second seal (4) in the groove of the ground ring. Finally, mount the process connection on the sensor again.

4 5

Fig. 22: 1 2 3 4 5

Installing ground rings with a Promag H (DN 2...25)

Hexagonal headed bolts (process connection) O-ring seal for the process connection Plastic disk (placeholder) or ground ring O-ring seal for the ground ring Sensor Promag H

40

Endress+Hauser

F06-xxHxxxxx-17-xx-xx-xx-001

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3 Installation

Welding the sensor into the piping (weld nipple)

"

Caution! Risk of destroying the measuring electronics. Make sure that the welding machine is not grounded via the sensor or the transmitter. 1. 2. 3. 4. Tack-weld the Promag H sensor into the pipe. A suitable welding jig can be ordered separately from E+H as an accessory (see Page 119). Remove the threaded fasteners from the process-connection flange. Remove the sensor complete with seal from the pipe. Weld the process connection into the pipe. Reinstall the sensor in the pipe. Make sure that everything is clean and that the seal is correctly seated.

Note! If thin-walled foodstuffs pipes are not welded correctly, the heat could damage the installed seal. It is therefore advisable to remove the sensor and the seal prior to welding. The pipe has to be spread approximately 8 mm to permit disassembly. Cleaning with pigs If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube and process connection into account (see Page 156 ff.).

Endress+Hauser

41

3 Installation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3.3.4

Turning the transmitter housing

Turning the aluminum field housing

Warning! The turning mechanism in devices with EEx d/de or FM/CSA Cl. I Div. 1 classification is not the same as that described here. The procedure for turning these housings is described in the Ex-specific documentation. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Loosen the two securing screws. Turn the bayonet catch as far as it will go. Carefully lift the transmitter housing as far as it will go. Turn the transmitter housing to the desired position (max. 2 x 90 in either direction). Lower the housing into position and re-engage the bayonet catch. Retighten the two securing screws.

Fig. 23:

Turning the transmitter housing (aluminum field housing)

Turning the stainless-steel field housing 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Loosen the two securing screws. Carefully lift the transmitter housing as far as it will go. Turn the transmitter housing to the desired position (max. 2 x 90 in either direction). Lower the housing into position. Retighten the two securing screws.

Fig. 24:

Turning the transmitter housing (stainless steel field housing)

42

Endress+Hauser

F06-xxxxxxxx-17-06-xx-xx-001

F06-xxxxxxxx-17-06-xx-xx-000

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3 Installation

3.3.5
1. 2. 3. 4.

Turning the local display

Remove the cover of the electronics compartment. Press the side latches on the display module and remove it from the electronics compartment cover plate. Rotate the display to the desired position (max. 4 x 45 in each direction), and place it back into the electronics compartment cover plate. Screw the cover of the electronics compartment firmly onto the transmitter housing.

Fig. 25:

Turning the local display (field housing)

Endress+Hauser

43

F06-xxxxxxxx-07-xx-06-xx-000

3 Installation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3.3.6

Installing the wall-mount transmitter housing

There are various ways of installing the wall-mount transmitter housing: Mounted directly on the wall (without mounting kit) Installation in control panel (with separate mounting kit, accessories Page 119) Pipe mounting (with separate mounting kit, accessories Page 119)

"

Caution! Make sure that ambient temperature does not exceed the permissible range (20...+60 C). Install the device at a shady location. Avoid direct sunlight. Always install the wall-mount housing in such a way that the cable entries are pointing down. Direct wall mounting 1. 2. 3. Drill the holes as illustrated in Fig. 26. Remove the cover of the connection compartment (a). Push the two securing screws (b) through the appropriate bores (c) in the housing. Securing screws (M6): max. 6.5 mm Screw head: max. 10.5 mm Secure the transmitter housing to the wall as indicated. Screw the cover of the connection compartment (a) firmly onto the housing.

4. 5.

35 a 90 192

81.5

Fig. 26:

Mounted directly on the wall

44

Endress+Hauser

F06-xxxxxxxx-17-03-xx-xx-000

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3 Installation

Panel installation 1. 2. 3. 4. Prepare the opening in the panel. Slide the housing into the opening in the panel from the front. Screw the fasteners onto the wall-mount housing. Place the threaded rods in the fasteners and screw them down until the housing is seated tightly against the panel. Afterwards, tighten the locking nuts. Additional support is not necessary.
21
+ 00.5 .5

245

+0.5 0.5

~1

10

Abb. 27: Panel Installation (wall-mount housing)

Pipe mounting The assembly should be performed by following the instructions in Fig. 28.

"

Caution! If the device is mounted to a warm pipe, make certain that the ambient temperature does not exceed +60 C, which is the maximum permissible temperature.

20...70

~1

55

Fig. 28:

Pipe mounting (wall-mount housing)

Endress+Hauser

45

F06-xxxxxxxx-06-03-06-xx-001

F06-xxxxxxxx-06-03-06-xx-002

3 Installation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

3.4

Installation check

Perform the following checks after installing the measuring device in the pipe:
Device condition and specifications Is the device damaged (visual inspection)? Does the device correspond to specifications at the measuring point, including process temperature and pressure, ambient temperature, minimum fluid conductivity, measuring range, etc.? Installation Does the arrow on the sensor nameplate match the direction of flow through the pipe? Is the plane of the measuring-electrode axis correct? Is the position of the Empty Pipe Detection (EPD) electrode correct? Were all threaded fasteners tightened to the specified torques when the sensor was installed? Hard rubber lining and ground disks: Were the correct seals installed (type, material, installation)? Notes

see Page 141 ff.

Notes

horizontal see Page 17 see Section 3.3

Promag W Promag P Promag H

Page 27 Page 33 Page 39

Are the measuring point number and labeling correct (visual inspection)? Process environment / process conditions Are the inlet and outlet runs respected?

Notes Inlet run 5 x DN Outlet run 2 x DN

Is the measuring device protected against moisture and direct sunlight? Is the sensor adequately protected against vibration (attachment, support)?

Acceleration up to 2 g by analogy with IEC 68-2-6 (see Page 143)

46

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

4 Wiring

Wiring

Warning! When connecting Ex-certified devices, see the notes and diagrams in the Ex-specific supplement to this Operating Instruction. Please do not hesitate to contact your E+H representative if you have any questions. If you use remote versions, connect each sensor only to the transmitter having the same serial number. Measuring errors can occur if the devices are not connected in this way.

4.1
4.1.1

Cable specifications for PROFIBUS-DP/-PA


PROFIBUS-DP: Cable specifications

Two types of cable are specified for the bus in the EN 50 170 standard. Cable type A can be used for all transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s. The cable parameters can be taken from the following table:
Cable Type A Characteristic impedance Cable capacitance Wire size Cable type Loop resistance Signal attenuation Shielding 135... 165 at a measurement frequency of 3...20 MHz <30 pF/m >0.34 mm2, equals AWG 22 twisted pairs, 1 x 2, 2 x 2 or 1 x 4 conductors 110 /km max. 9 dB over the entire length of the line segment Copper braided shield or braided shield and foil screen

When setting up the bus, observe the following points: The maximum cable length (segment length) of a PROFIBUS-DP system depends on the transmission rate. With PROFIBUS-RS 485 Cable Type A, this value is:
Transmission Rate [kBit/s] Cable length [m] 9.6...93.75 1200 187.5 1000 500 400 1500 200 300...12000 100

A maximum of 32 stations are permitted per segment. Each segment is terminated at both ends with a terminating resistor. The bus length or number of users can be increased by installing a repeater. The first and last segments can support a max. of 31 devices. The segments between repeaters can support a max. of 30 stations. The maximum distance achievable between two bus users is calculated as: (NUM_REP + 1) x segment length NUM_REP = maximum number of repeaters, which can be placed in series, dependent on the respective repeater. Example: According to the manufacturer's information, a maximum of 9 repeaters may be placed in series on a standard line. The maximum distance between two bus users at a transmission rate of 1.5 MBit/s is thus: (9 + 1) x 200 m = 2000 m

Endress+Hauser

47

4 Wiring

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Stubs (PROFIBUS-DP) Note the following points: Total combined length of all stubs < 6.6 m (at a max. of 1.5 MBit/s) At transmission rates >1.5 MBit/s, stubs should not be used. The line between the cable connector and the bus driver in the field device is called a stub. Our experience with the systems, indicates that you should be quite careful with the length of the stubs when planning your project. Therefore, we recommend that you do not attempt to utilise the full theoretical maximum total combined length of 6.6 m for all stubs at 1.5 MBit/s. The order of the respective field devices makes more of a difference in this case. We recommend that at transmission rates >1.5 MBit/s you avoid using stubs. If you must use stubs, do not install terminating resistors on them. Shielding and grounding (PROFIBUS-DP/-PA) When planning the shielding and grounding for a field bus system, there are three important points to consider: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Explosion protection Safety of the personnel To ensure the optimum electromagnetic compatibility of systems, it is important that the system components and above all the cables, which connect the components, are shielded and that no portion of the system is unshielded. Ideally, the cable shields will be connected to the field devices' housings, which are usually metal. Since these housings are generally connected to the protective ground conductor, the shield of the bus cable will thus be grounded many times. This approach, which provides the best electromagnetic compatibility and personnel safety, can be used without restriction in plants with good potential equalisation. In the case of plants without potential equalisation, a mains frequency (50 Hz) equalising current can flow between two grounding points, which in unfavorable cases, e.g. when it exceeds the permissible shield current, may destroy the cable. To suppress the low frequency equalising currents on systems lacking potential equalisation, it is therefore advisable to connect the cable shield directly to the building (or protective ground conductor) at only one end and to use capacitive coupling to connect it to all other grounding points.

48

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

4 Wiring

Setting the terminators Since mismatches in the impedance result in signal reflections on the line and can thus lead to communication errors, it is important to terminate the lines properly.

Warning! Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the power supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment. The terminator switches are located on the I/O board (see Fig. 29). For baud rates of up to 1.5 MBaud, terminate the last transmitter on the bus by setting the terminator switch SW 1 to: ON ON ON ON. If the device is to be operated at over 1.5 Mbaud, you can tap the supply voltage for an external terminator from terminals 24 (GND) and 25 (+5 V) (see Fig. 33). If the device is to be operated at a baud rate >1.5 Mbaud, an external terminator is necessary, e.g. with a 9-pin Sub D cable connector combination, with an integrated series inductance to compensate for the station's capacitive load and minimise the resulting line reflections.

A
SW 1
OON N
1

B
SW 1 ON OFF
1 2 3 4

OON N

ON OFF
2 3 4

+5V 390 220 390

+5V 390 220 390

Fig. 29:

Setting the terminators (PROFIBUS-DP)

A = Factory setting B = Setting on the last transmitter

Note: As a rule, we recommend that an external terminator be used, since a defect in an internally terminated device can disrupt the entire segment.

Endress+Hauser

F06-53xPBxxx-04-00-xx-xx-002

49

4 Wiring

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

4.1.2

PROFIBUS-PA: Cable specifications

Cable type Twin-core cable is required for connecting the device to the fieldbus. By analogy with IEC 61158-2 (MBP) protocol four different cable types (A, B, C, D) can be used with PROFIBUS protocol, only two of which (cable types A and B) are shielded. Cable types A or B are particularly preferable for new installations. Only these types have cable shielding that guarantees adequate protection from electromagnetic interference and thus the most reliable data transfer. On multi-pair cables (Type B), it is permissible to operate multiple fieldbuses (with the same degree of protection) on one cable. No other circuits are permissible in the same cable. Practical experience has shown that cable types C and D should not be used due to the lack of shielding, since the freedom from interference generally does not meet the requirements described in the standard. The electrical data of the fieldbus cable has not been specified but determines important characteristics of the design of the fieldbus, such as distances bridged, number of participants, electromagnetic compatibility, etc.
Cable type A Cable structure twisted pair, shielded 2 0.8 mm (AWG 18) 44 /km 100 20% 3 dB/km 2 nF/km 1.7 Cable type B one or more twisted pairs, fully shielded 2 0.32 mm (AWG 22) 112 /km 100 30% 5 dB/km 2 nF/km * * 1200 m

Wire size Loop resistance (DC) Impedance at 31.25 kHz Attenuation at 39 kHz Capacitive asymmetry Envelope delay distortion (7.9 through 39 kHz) Shield coverage Max. cable length (inc. spurs >1 m) * not specified

s/km

90% 1900 m

Suitable fieldbus cables from various manufacturers for the non-hazardous area are listed below: Siemens: 6XV1 830-5BH10 Belden: 3076F Kerpen: CeL-PE/OSCR/PVC/FRLA FB-02YS(ST)YFL

50

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

4 Wiring

Maximum overall cable length The maximum network expansion depends on the type of ignition protection and the cable specifications. The overall cable length is made up of the length of the main cable and the length of all spurs (>1 m). Note the following points: The maximum permissible overall cable length depends on the cable type used.
Type A Type B 1900 m 1200 m

If repeaters are used the maximum permissible cable length is doubled. A maximum of four repeaters are permitted between station and master. Maximum spur length The line between distribution box and field device is described as a spur. In the case of non ex-rated applications the max. length of a spur depends on the number of spurs (>1 m):
Number of spurs Max. length per spur 1 ... 12 120 m 13... 14 90 m 15... 18 60 m 19... 24 30 m 25... 32 1m

Number of field devices In systems that meet FISCO in the EEx ia type of protection, the line length is limited a max. of 1000 m. A maximum of 32 stations per segment in non-explosive areas or a maximum of 10 stations in an Ex-area (EEx ia IIC) are possible. The actual number of stations must be determined during the project planning. Bus termination The start and end of each fieldbus segment are always to be terminated with a bus terminator. With various junction boxes (not ex-rated) the bus termination can be activated via a switch. If this is not the case a separate bus terminator must be installed. Note the following points in addition: In the case of a branched bus segment the device furthest from the segment connector represents the end of the bus. If the fieldbus is extended with a repeater then the extension must also be terminated at both ends. Shielding and grounding (see Cable specifications PROFIBUS-DP Page 48) Further information General information and further notes regarding the wiring can be found in the Operating Instructions BA 198F/00/en Field communications - PROFIBUS-DP/-PA:Guides for project planning and commissioning.

Endress+Hauser

51

4 Wiring

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

4.2
4.2.1

Connecting the remote version


Connecting Promag W / P / H

Warning! Risk of electric shock. Switch off the power supply before opening the device. Do not install or wire the device while it is connected to the power supply. Failure to comply with this precaution can result in irreparable damage to the electronics. Risk of electric shock. Connect the protective conductor to the ground terminal on the housing before the power supply is applied. Procedure (Fig. 30, Fig. 31): 1. 2. 3. Transmitter: Loosen the screws and remove cover (a) from the connection compartment. Sensor: Remove cover (b) from the connection housing. Feed signal cable (c) and coil current cable (d) through the appropriate cable entries.

"
4.

Caution! Make sure the connecting cables are secured (see Page 26). Risk of damaging the coil driver. Always switch off the power supply before connecting or disconnecting the coil cable.

Preterminate signal cable and coil current cable: Promag W, P Refer to the information on Page 54 Promag H Refer to the information on Page 55 Establish the connections between sensor and transmitter in accordance with the wiring diagram: Fig. 30, Fig. 31 wiring diagram inside the cover

5.

"
6. 7.

Caution! Insulate the shields of cables that are not connected to eliminate the risk of shortcircuits with neighboring cable shields inside the sensor connection housing. Transmitter: Secure cover (a) on the connection compartment. Sensor: Secure cover (b) on the connection housing.

52

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

4 Wiring

Electrode circuit Meas.signal Pipe EPD S1 E1 E2 S2 GND E S 6 a 5 7 8 4 37 36

Coil circuit

42 41

wht

brn

grn

yel

2
n.c.

b n.c. 5 n.c. 7 4 37

42 41

E1 E2 GND E

Fig. 30:

Connecting the Promag W/P remote version

a = cover of the connection compartment, b = cover of the sensor connection housing, c = signal cable, d = coil current cable, n.c. = not connected, insulated cable shields

Electrode circuit Meas. signal Pipe EPD S1 E1 E2 S2 GND E S 6 a 5 7 8 4 37 36

Coil circuit

42 41

wht

brn

grn

yel

c b

n.c. 5

n.c. 7 4 37

n.c. 42 41
F06-5xHxxxxx-04-xx-xx-en-000

E1 E2 GND E

DN 40...100
Fig. 31:

DN 2...25

Connecting the Promag H remote version

a = cover of the connection compartment, b = cover of the sensor connection housing, c = signal cable, d = coil current cable, n.c. = not connected, insulated cable shields

Endress+Hauser

53

F06-5xFxxxxx-04-xx-xx-en-000

4 Wiring

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Cable termination for the remote version Promag W / Promag P


Terminate the signal and coil current cables as shown in the figure below (Detail A). Fit the fine-wire cores with cable end sleeves (Detail B).

"

Caution! When fitting the connectors, pay attention to the following points: Signal cable Make sure that the cable end sleeves do not touch the wire shield on the sensor side. Minimum distance = 1 mm (exception GND = green cable). Coil current cable Insulate one core of the three-core wire at the level of the core reinforcement; you only require two cores for the connection. TRANSMITTER Signal cable Coil current cable

80 50
F06-5xxxxxxx-04-11-08-en-000

70 10 8
F06-5xxxxxxx-04-11-08-xx-000

17 8

50

grn

SENSOR Signal cable Coil current cable

80 50
F06-5xFxxxxx-04-11-08-en-000

10 8

1 grn

54

Endress+Hauser

F06-5xFxxxxx-04-11-08-xx-000

17 8

70 50

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

4 Wiring

Cable termination for the remote version Promag H


Terminate the signal and coil current cables as shown in the figure below (Detail A). Fit the fine-wire cores with cable end sleeves (Detail B).

"

Caution! When fitting the connectors, pay attention to the following points: Signal cable Make sure that the cable end sleeves do not touch the wire shield on the sensor side. Minimum distance = 1 mm (exception GND = green cable). Coil current cable Insulate one core of the three-core wire at the level of the core reinforcement; you only require two cores for the connection. On the sensor side, reverse both cable shields approx. 15 mm over the outer jacket. The strain relief ensures an electrical connection with the connection housing. TRANSMITTER Signal cable Coil current cable

80 50
F06-5xxxxxxx-04-11-08-en-000

70 10 8
F06-5xxxxxxx-04-11-08-xx-000 F06-5xHxxxxx-04-11-08-xx-000

17 8

50

grn

SENSOR Signal cable Coil current cable

80 15
F06-5xHxxxxx-04-11-08-en-000

17 8

70 1 15 40 5

grn

Endress+Hauser

55

4 Wiring

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

4.2.2

Cable specifications

Coil cable 2 x 0.75 mm2 PVC cable with common, braided copper shield ( approx. 7 mm) Conductor resistance: 37 /km Capacitance: core/core, shield grounded: 120 pF/m Permanent operating temperature: 20+80 C Cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm2 Signal cable: 3 x 0.38 mm2 PVC cable with common, braided copper shield ( approx. 7 mm) and individually shielded cores With Empty Pipe Detection (EPD): 4 x 0.38 mm2 PVC cable with common, braided copper shield ( approx. 7 mm) and individually shielded cores Conductor resistance: 50 /km Capacitance: core/shield: 420 pF/m Permanent operating temperature: 20+80 C Cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm2

Fig. 32:

a = Signal cable, b = Coil current cable

1 = Core 2 = Core insulation 3 = Core shield 4 = Core jacket 5 = Core reinforcement 6 = Cable shield 7 = Outer jacket

As an option, E+H can also deliver reinforced connecting cables with an additional, reinforcing metal braid. We recommend such cables for the following cases: Directly buried cable Cables endangered by rodents Device operation which should comply with the IP 68 standard of protection Operation in zones of severe electrical interference: The measuring device complies with the general safety requirements in accordance with EN 61010, the EMC requirements of EN 61326/A1, and NAMUR recommendation NE 21.

"

Caution! Grounding is by means of the ground terminals provided for the purpose inside the connection housing. Keep the stripped and twisted lengths of cable shield to the terminals as short as possible.

56

Endress+Hauser

F06-5xWxxxxx-04-11-08-xx-003

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

4 Wiring

4.3
4.3.1

Connecting the measuring unit


Connecting the transmitter

Warning! Risk of electric shock. Switch off the power supply before opening the device. Do not install or wire the device while it is connected to the power supply. Failure to comply with this precaution can result in irreparable damage to the electronics. Risk of electric shock. Connect the protective conductor to the ground terminal on the housing before the power supply is applied (not necessary if the power supply is galvanically isolated). Compare the specifications on the nameplate with the local voltage supply and frequency. The national regulations governing the installation of electrical equipment also apply. Procedure (Fig. 33, Fig. 34): 1. 2. Remove the cover of the connection compartment (f) from the transmitter housing. Feed the power-supply cable (a) and PROFIBUS cable (b) through the appropriate cable entries. Note! The Promag 53 can also be supplied with the option of a ready-mounted fieldbus connector. More information on this can be found on Page 60. 3. Connecting the cables: Wiring diagram (aluminum and stainless steel housings) Fig. 33 Wiring diagram (wall-mount housing) Fig. 34 Caution! The PROFIBUS cable can be damaged! If the shielding of the cable is grounded at more than one point in plants without additional potential equalisation, mains frequency equalisation currents can occur that damage the cable or the shielding. In such cases the shielding of the cable is to be grounded on only one side, i.e. it must not be connected to the ground terminal of the housing. The shield that is not connected should be insulated! We recommend that the PROFIBUS not be looped using conventional cable glands. If you later replace even just one measuring device, the bus communication for the entire bus will have to be interrupted. Note! The terminals for the PROFIBUS-PA connection (26/27) have an integral polarity protection. This ensures correct signal transmission via the fieldbus even if lines are confused. Conductor cross-section: max. 2.5 mm2 Observe the plants grounding concept. 4. Screw the cover of the connection compartment (f) firmly back onto the transmitter housing.

"

Endress+Hauser

57

4 Wiring

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

A
b g a

DP(A) / PA(-) DP(B) / PA(+) (DGND) (+5 V)

B
b g a f

27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20

b d g c a
F06-53xPBxxx-04-06-xx-xx-000

N (L-) 2 L1 (L+) 1

Fig. 33:

Connecting the transmitter (field housing), conductor cross-section: max. 2.5 mm2

A = Aluminium field housing B = Stainless steel housing a b Cable for power supply: 85...260 V AC, 20...55 V AC, 16...62 V DC Terminal No. 1: L1 for AC, L+ for DC; Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L for DC PROFIBUS-DP/-PA cable (see Page 47): Terminal No. 26: DP(B) / PA+ Terminal No. 27: DP(A) / PA DP(A) = RxD/TxD-N, DP(B) = RxD/TxD-P Ground terminal for protective conductor Ground terminal for signal-cable shield Service adapter for connecting service interface FXA 193 (FieldCheck, ToF Tool-FieldTool Package) Cover of the connection compartment Cable for external termination: Terminal No. 24: +5V Terminal No. 25: DGND Clamp

c d e f g

58

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

4 Wiring

N (L) L1 (L+)

(+5 V) (DGND) DP (B) / PA (+) DP (A) / PA ()

e
1 2 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

f a g b a c g d b

Fig. 34: a

Connecting the transmitter (wall-mount housing), conductor cross-section: max. 2.5 mm2

c d e f g

Cable for power supply: 85...260 V AC, 20...55 V AC, 16...62 V DC Terminal No. 1: L1 for AC, L+ for DC; Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L for DC PROFIBUS-DP/-PA cable (see Page 47): Terminal No. 26: DP(B) / PA+ Terminal No. 27: DP(A) / PA DP(A) = RxD/TxD-N, DP(B) = RxD/TxD-P Ground terminal for protective conductor Ground terminal for signal-cable shield Service adapter for connecting service interface FXA 193 (FieldCheck, ToF Tool-FieldTool Package) Cover of the connection compartment Cable for external termination: Terminal No. 24: +5V Terminal No. 25: DGND

Endress+Hauser

59

F06-53xPBxxx-04-03-xx-xx-000

4 Wiring

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

4.3.2

Fieldbus connector

Note! This connector can only be used for a PROFIBUS-PA device. The connection technology of PROFIBUS-PA allows measuring devices to be connected to the fieldbus via uniform mechanical connections such as T-boxes, junction boxes, etc. This connection technology using prefabricated distribution modules and plug-in connectors offers substantial advantages over conventional wiring: Field devices can be removed, replaced or added at any time during normal operation. The communications will not be interrupted. This simplifies installation and maintenance significantly. Existing cable infrastructures can be used and expanded instantly, e.g. when constructing new star distributors using 4-channel or 8-channel junction boxes. The Promag 53 can therefore be supplied with a ready-mounted fieldbus connector. Fieldbus connectors for retrofitting can be ordered from E+H as a spare part (see Page 119).

Fig. 35:

Connectors for connecting to the PROFIBUS-PA

A = Aluminum field housing B = Stainless steel field housing C = Protective cap for connector D = Fieldbus connector E = Adapter PG 13.5 / M 20.5 F = Connector on housing (male) G = Connector (female) Pin assignment / color codes: 1 = Brown wire: PA+ (Terminal 26) 2 = Not connected 3 = Blue wire: PA (Terminal 27) 4 = Black wire: Grounding (Notes about connection Page 58, 59) 5 = Female contact in the center not connected 6 = Positioning groove 7 = Positioning mark

60

Endress+Hauser

F06-xxxPBxxx-04-xx-xx-xx-000

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

4 Wiring

Technical data (fieldbus connector):


Conductor size Connector thread Degree of protection Contact surface Housing material Flammability Operating temperature Ambient temperature Nominal current per contact Nominal voltage Comparative tracking Volume resistance Dialectric resistance 0.75 mm2 PG 13.5 IP 67 in accordance with DIN 40 050 IEC 529 CuZnAu Cu Zn, surface Ni V - 2 in accordance with UL - 94 40...+85 C 40...+150 C 3A 125...150 V DC in accordance with the VDE standard 01 10/ISO Group 10 KC 600

8 m in accordance with IEC 512 Part 2 1012 in accordance with IEC 512 Part 2

Endress+Hauser

61

4 Wiring

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

4.4
4.4.1

Potential equalisation
Standard case

Proper measurement is only ensured when the fluid and sensor are at the same electrical potential. Most Promag sensors have a standard installed reference electrode which guarantees the required connection. As a rule, this is sufficient to eliminate the need for ground disks or other measures. Promag W: Reference electrode is standard Promag P: Reference electrode is optional, depending on material Promag H: No reference electrode. The metallic process connection provides a permanent electrical connection to the fluid. If the process connections are made of a synthetic material, ground disks have to be used to ensure that potential is equalised (see Page 40). Ground rings are optional accessories, which must be ordered separately Page 119.

Note! When installed in metal pipes, we recommend that the transmitter housing's ground terminal be connected to the pipe. Also, observe company-internal grounding guidelines.

Fig. 36:

Potential equalisation by means of the transmitter's ground terminal

"

Caution! If the sensor does not have a reference electrode or metallic process connections, the potential equalisation must be established in the manner described in the following special cases. These special measures are in particular necessary when the usual grounding is not ensured or when it is likely that there will be an excessive equalisation current.

62

Endress+Hauser

F06-5xxxxxxx-04-xx-xx-xx-002

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

4 Wiring

4.4.2

Special cases

Equalising currents in metallic, ungrounded pipes To prevent disturbances to the measurement, we recommend that both sensor flanges be connected with a grounding cable to the adjacent pipe flange and to ground. Connect the transmitter or sensor connection housing, as applicable, to ground potential by means of the ground terminal provided for the purpose (Fig. 37).

"
!

Caution! Also, observe company-internal grounding guidelines. Note! The grounding cable for flange-to-flange connections can be ordered separately as an accessory from E+H Page 119. DN 300: the grounding cable is in direct connection with the conductive flange coating and is secured by the flange screws. DN 350: the grounding cable connects directly to the metal transport bracket.

6 mm Cu

DN 300

DN 350

Fig. 37:

Potential equalisation with equalising currents in metallic, non-grounded piping systems

Endress+Hauser

63

F06-5xxxxxxx-04-xx-xx-xx-003

4 Wiring

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Plastic pipes or pipes lined with insulating material Normally the potential equalisation is accomplished via the reference electrodes in the measuring tube. However, it is still possible that in some cases due to a plant's grounding design that a large equalisation current will flow over the reference electrodes. This can cause the destruction of the sensor, e.g. through the electrochemical erosion of the electrodes. In such cases, e.g. with fiberglass or PVC pipes, we recommend that you use ground disks to improve the potential equalisation (Fig. 38). Mounting of ground disks Page 28, 34.

"

Caution! isk of damage by electrochemical corrosion. Note the electrochemical insulation rating, if the ground disks and measuring electrodes are made of different materials. Also, observe company-internal grounding guidelines.

Fig. 38:

Potential equalisation / ground disks with plastic pipes or lined pipes

Lined pipes (cathodic protection) In such cases, the sensor should be installed in the pipes in a potential-free manner: When installing the measuring device, make sure that there is an electrical connection between the two piping runs (copper wire, 6 mm2). Make sure that the installation materials do not establish a conductive connection to the measuring device and that the installation materials withstand the tightening torques applied when the threaded fasteners are tightened. Also comply with the regulations applicable to potential-free installation.

Fig. 39:

Potential equalisation and cathode protection

1 = power supply isolating transformator, 2 = electrically isolated

64

Endress+Hauser

F06-5xxxxxxx-04-xx-xx-xx-005

F06-5xxxxxxx-04-xx-xx-xx-004

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

4 Wiring

4.5

Degree of protection

The devices fulfill all the requirements for IP 67. Compliance with the following points is mandatory following installation in the field or servicing, in order to ensure that IP 67 protection is maintained: The housing seals must be clean and undamaged when inserted into their grooves. The seals must be dried, cleaned or replaced if necessary. All threaded fasteners and screw covers must be firmly tightened. The cables used for connection must be of the specified outside diameter (see Page 142). Firmly tighten the cable entries (Fig. 40). The cables must loop down before they enter the cable entries (water trap, Fig. 40). This arrangement prevents moisture penetrating the entry. Always install the measuring device in such a way that the cable entries do not point up. Remove all unused cable entries and insert plugs instead. Do not remove the grommet from the cable entry.

Fig. 40:

Installation instructions, cable entries

"
!

Caution! Do not loosen the threaded fasteners of the Promag sensor housing, as otherwise the degree of protection guaranteed by Endress+Hauser no longer applies. Note! The Promag W and Promag P sensors can be supplied with IP 68 rating (permanent immersion in water to a depth of 3 meters). In this case the transmitter must be installed remote from the sensor.

Endress+Hauser

65

F06-xxxxxxxx-04-xx-xx-xx-005

4 Wiring

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

4.6

Electrical connection check

Perform the following checks after completing electrical installation of the measuring device:
Device condition and specifications Are cables or the device damaged (visual inspection)? Electrical connection of meter Does the supply voltage match the specifications on the nameplate? Notes

Notes 85...260 V AC (45...65 Hz) 20...55 V AC (45...65 Hz) 16...62 V DC PROFIBUS-DP Page 47 PROFIBUS-PA Page 50 Remote Version Page 56

Do the cables comply with the specifications?

Do the cables have adequate strain relief? Are the cables correctly segregated by type? Without loops and crossovers? Are the power-supply and fieldbus cables correctly connected?


see the wiring diagram inside the cover of the terminal compartment

Are all screw terminals firmly tightened? Have the measures for grounding/potential equalisation been correctly implemented? Are all cable entries installed, firmly tightened and correctly sealed? Cables looped as water traps? Are all housing covers installed and firmly tightened? Electrical connection - PROFIBUS-DP/-PA Are all the connecting components (T-boxes, junction boxes, connectors, etc.) connected with each other correctly? Has each fieldbus segment been terminated at both ends with a bus terminator? Has the max. length of the fieldbus cable been observed in accordance with the PROFIBUS specifications? Has the max. length of the stubs been observed in accordance with the PROFIBUS specifications? Is the fieldbus cable fully shielded and correctly grounded?

see Page 62

see Page 65

Notes

PROFIBUS-DP PROFIBUS-PA PROFIBUS-DP

Page 47 Page 51 Page 48

see Page 48

66

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

5 Operation

5
5.1

Operation
Operation at a glance

You have a number of options for configuring and commissioning the device: 1. Local display (Option) Page 68 The local display enables you to read all of the important parameters directly at the measuring point, configure device-specific parameters in the field and commission the instrument. 2. Configuration program Page 79 The configuration of profile and device-specific parameters is primarily done via the PROFIBUS-DP/-PA interface. You can obtain special configuration and operating programs from the various manufacturers for these purposes. 3. Jumpers and miniature switches for hardware settings Page 88 You can make the following hardware settings for the PROFIBUS-DP/-PA using jumpers or miniature switches on the I/O board: Set the device bus address Switch the hardware write protection on or off

3
F06-xxxPBxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-000

Fig. 41: 1 2 3

Options for operating the Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Configuration / operation programs for operating the device via the PROFIBUS-DP/-PA Jumpers or miniature switches for hardware settings (write protection, device address) Local display for the operation of the device in the field (option)

Endress+Hauser

67

5 Operation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

5.2
5.2.1

Operation via the local display


Display and operating elements

The local display enables you to read all important parameters directly at the measuring point and configure the device using the Quick Setup or the function matrix.

v
1

3 +1863.97 m 3
v
50 +50

+24.502
Esc

l s

E
F06-53xxxxxx-07-xx-xx-xx-000

Fig. 42:

Display and operating elements

Liquid-crystal display (1) The backlit, four-line liquid-crystal display shows measured values, dialog texts and both system and process error messages. The display as it appears when normal measuring is in progress is known as the HOME position (operating mode). Optical sensors for Touch Control (2) Plus / Minus keys (3) HOME position Direct access to totalizer values and actual values of inputs/outputs Enter numerical values, select parameters Select different blocks, groups or function groups within the function matrix Press the +/ keys simultaneously to trigger the following functions: Exit the function matrix step by step HOME position Press and hold down +/ keys for longer than 3 seconds Return directly to the HOME position Cancel data entry Enter key (4) HOME position Entry into the function matrix Save the numerical values you input or settings you change

68

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

5 Operation

Display The display area consists of three lines in all; this is where measured values are displayed, and/or status variables (direction of flow, partially filled pipe, bargraph, etc.). You can change the assignment of display lines to variables at will in order to customize the display to suit your needs and preferences ( see the Description of Device Functions manual). Multiplex mode: A maximum of two different display variables can be assigned to each line. Variables multiplexed in this way alternate every 10 seconds on the display. Error messages: The modes of presentation for system and process error messages are described in detail on Page 73 ff.

3 +1863.97 m 3
v
50 +50

Fig. 43: 1 2 3 4 5 6

Typical display for normal operating mode (HOME position)

Main line shows primary measured values, e.g. volume flow in [l/s]. Supplementary line shows supplementary measured variables, e.g. totalizer No. 3 in [m3] Information line shows additional information on the measured variables, e.g. bar graph of the limit value reached by the volume flow. Info icons field: Icons representing additional information on the measured values are shown in this field. See Page 70 for a full list of the icons and their meanings. Measured values field: The current measured values appear in this field. Unit of measure field: The units of measure and time defined for the current measured values appear in this field.

Additional display functions Depending on the order options, the local display has different display functions: Device without batching software: From HOME position, use the OS keys to open an Info Menu containing the following information: Totalizer (including overflow) Actual values or states of the configured inputs/outputs Device TAG number (user-definable) OS Scan of individual values within the Info Menu X (Esc key) Back to HOME position

Endress+Hauser

69

F06-53xxxxxx-07-xx-xx-xx-001

+24.502

l s

5 Operation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Icons The icons which appear in the field on the left make it easier to read and recognise measured variables, device status, and error messages.
Symbol S $ Bedeutung System error Fault message (with effect on outputs) P ! Symbol Bedeutung Process error Notice message (without effect on outputs)

Mass flow
y

Volume flow

Active device operation via PROFIBUS, e.g. Commuwin II

Fluid temperature

Display value with status GOOD

Display value with status UNC = uncertain

Display value with status BAD

Output value OUT, Analog Input 1...2 with status OK

Output value OUT, Totalizer 1...3 with status OK

Output value OUT, Input 1...2 with status UNC = uncertain

Output value OUT, Totalizer 1...3 with status UNC = uncertain

Output value OUT, Analog Input 1...2 with status BAD

Output value OUT, Totalizer 1...3 with status BAD

70

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

5 Operation

5.2.2

Brief description of the function matrix

Note! See the general notes on Page 72. Function descriptions see the Description of Device Functions manual 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. HOME position F Enter the function matrix Select a block (e.g. USER INTERFACE) Select a group (e.g. CONTROL) Select a function group (e.g. BASIC CONFIGURATION) Select function (e.g. LANGUAGE) Change parameter / enter numerical values: OS key Select/enter release code, parameters, counter values F key Save the entries 6. Exit the function matrix: Press and hold down Esc key (X) for longer than 3 seconds HOME position Repeatedly press Esc key (X) return step by step to HOME position

Fig. 44:

Selecting functions and configuring parameters (function matrix)

Endress+Hauser

71

F06-x3xxxxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-000

5 Operation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

General notes A few parameters must be entered for the commissioning (see Commissioning Page 92). Complex measuring operations on the other hand necessitate additional functions that you can configure as necessary and customize to suit your process parameters. The function matrix, therefore, comprises a multiplicity of additional functions which, for the sake of clarity, are arranged on a number of menu levels (blocks, groups, and function groups). Comply with the following instructions when configuring functions: You select functions as described on Page 71. Each cell in the function matrix is identified by a numerical or letter code on the display. You can switch off certain functions (OFF). If you do so, related functions in other function groups will no longer be displayed. Certain functions prompt you to confirm your data entries. Press P to select SURE [ YES ] and then press F again to confirm. This saves your setting or starts a function, as applicable. Return to the HOME position is automatic if no key is pressed for 5 minutes. Programming mode is disabled automatically if you do not press a key within 60 seconds following automatic return to the HOME position.

Note! The transmitter continues to measure while data entry is in progress, i.e. the current measured values are output via the signal outputs in the normal way. If the power supply fails, all preset and parameterised values remain safely stored in the EEPROM. Caution! All of the functions are described in detail, including the function matrix itself, in the Description of Device Functions manual, which is a separate part of this Operating Instruction! Enabling the programming mode The function matrix can be disabled. Disabling the function matrix rules out the possibility of inadvertent changes to device functions, numerical values or factory settings. You must first enter a numerical code (factory setting = 53) before you can change the settings. If you use a code number of your choice, you exclude the possibility of unauthorised persons accessing data ( see the Description of Device Functions manual). Comply with the following instructions when entering codes: If programming is disabled and the OS keys are pressed in any function, a prompt for the code will appear automatically on the display. If 0 is entered as the customer's code, programming is always enabled. The E+H service organisation can be of assistance if you mislay your personal code.

"

"

Caution! Changing certain parameters such as all sensor characteristics, for example, influences numerous functions of the entire measuring system, particularly measuring accuracy. There is no need to change these parameters under normal circumstances and consequently, they are protected by a special code known only to the E+H service organisation. Please contact Endress+Hauser if you have any questions.

72

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

5 Operation

Disabling the programming mode Programming mode is disabled if you do not press a key within 60 seconds following automatic return to the HOME position. You can also disable programming in the ACCESS CODE function by entering any number (other than the customer's code).

5.2.3

Error messages

Type of error Errors which occur during commissioning or measuring operation are displayed immediately. If two or more system or process errors occur, the error with the highest priority is the one shown on the display. The measuring system distinguishes between two types of error: System errors: This group comprises all device errors, e.g. communication errors, hardware errors, etc. see Page 123 Process errors: This group comprises all application errors, e.g. empty pipe, etc. see Page 123

+24.502
4 5 3
F06-53xxxxxx-07-xx-xx-xx-002

XXXXXXXXXX #000 00:00:05

Fig. 45: 1 2 3 4 5

Error messages on the display (example)

Error type: P = process error, S = system error Error message type: $ = fault signal, ! = notice message (definition: Page 123 ff.) Error designation: e.g. EMPTY PIPE = measuring tube is only partly filled or completely empty Error number: e.g. #401 Duration of most recent error occurrence (in hours, minutes and seconds)

Error message type System and process errors are always assigned to two types of error messages (fault and notice messages) and have different weightings Page 123 ff. Serious system errors, e.g. electronic module defects, are always identified and classed as fault messages by the measuring device. Notice message (!) The error in question has no effect on the current measuring operation. Displayed as Exclamation mark (!), error group (S: system error, P: process error). PROFIBUS This error type is registered in the manufacturer-specific Transducer block with the status UNC(ERTAIN) for the process variable in question. Fault message ( $) The error in question interrupts or stops the operation running. Displayed as Lightning flash ( $), error designation (S: system error, P: process error) PROFIBUS This error type is registered in the manufacturer-specific Transducer block with the status BAD for the process variable in question.

Endress+Hauser

73

5 Operation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

5.3
5.3.1

Communications: PROFIBUS-DP/-PA
PROFIBUS-DP/-PA technology

PROFIBUS (Process Field Bus) is a standardised bus system based on the European standard EN 50170, Volume 2, which has been successfully used for many years in production and process automation (chemical industry and process engineering). The PROFIBUS is a multi-master bus system with high performance, which is particularly suitable for medium to large plants. PROFIBUS-DP PROFIBUS-DP is a MASTER/SLAVE bus system. The master function is handled by an automation control system (Class 1 master) or by one or more personal computers (Class 2 master). Using cyclic data telegrams, the automation control system has full access to all of the bus stations assigned to it. With a personal computer (Class 2 master), you can, if needed, use acyclic data telegrams to exchange data with all of the connected stations. In accordance with the standard, up to 126 stations can be connected to a PROFIBUS-DP network. The PROFIBUS-DP can operate at a transmission rate of 9.6 kBit/s...12 MBit/s and, at a transmission rate of 1.5 MBit/s, can support network expansions of up to 2000 m with copper cables or 21.730 m using optical link modules. PROFIBUS-PA PROFIBUS-PA expands the PROFIBUS-DP by using an optimised transmission technology for field devices while retaining the communications functions of the PROFIBUS-DP. With the selected transmission technology, field devices can be connected via the PROFIBUS-PA to automation control systems over great distances, even in hazardous areas. PROFIBUS-PA is the communications compatible extension of PROFIBUS-DP. PROFIBUS-PA = PROFIBUS-DP + optimised transmission technology for field devices

74

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

5 Operation

5.3.2

PROFIBUS-DP system architecture

Fig. 46:

PROFIBUS-DP diagram

1 = Automation control system, 2 = Commuwin II operating program, 3 = PROFIBUS-DP RS 485 line (max. 12 MBaud)

General information The Promag 53 can be equipped with a PROFIBUS-DP interface (decentral peripheral) in accordance with the fieldbus standard PROFIBUS-DP (EN 50170 Volume 2), which utilises the RS485 technology. As a consequence, the Promag 53 can exchange data with automation control systems, which satisfy this standard. The integration in an automation control system must be in accordance with the PROFIBUS-PA Profile 3.0 specifications. Data transmission rate The Promag 53's maximum PROFIBUS-DP data transmission rate is 12 Mbaud.

Note: The device is able to automatically determine the data transmission rate. We recommend that, before you load a new data transmission rate, you reset the device: via the function: SUPERVISION SYSTEM OPERATION SYSTEM RESET by switching the supply voltage off and back on again Information about bus terminators can be found on Page 49. Communications partner In a automation control system, the Promag always serves as a slave and can thus, depending on the type of application, exchange data with one or more masters. The master can be a automation control system, a PLC or a PC with a PROFIBUS-DP communications adapter card. Filling function In contrast to the functionality of a Promag 53 that does not support the PROFIBUS, the internal filling function is not integrated in the PROFIBUS-DP devices, since the device does not have any relay functions. However, it is still possible to use a filling function, for some applications, using the totalizer functionality.

Endress+Hauser

F06-xxxPBxxx-02-xx-xx-xx-003

75

5 Operation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Note: For additional project planning information about the PROFIBUS-DP fieldbus, see the Operating Instructions BA 198F/00/en Field communications - PROFIBUS-DP/-PA: Guides for project planning and commissioning. Function blocks The PROFIBUS uses predefined function blocks to describe the function blocks of a device and to specify uniform data access. The function blocks implemented in the fieldbus devices provide information on the tasks which a device can perform as part of the whole automation strategy. The following blocks can be implemented in field devices in accordance with Profile 3.0: Physical Block: The Physical Block contains all the device-specific characteristics. Transducer Block (transmission block): One or more transducer blocks contain all the device measurement and device-specific parameters. In the transducer blocks, the measurement principles (e.g. flow rate and temperature) are mapped in accordance with the PROFIBUS Profile 3.0. Function Block: One or more function blocks contain the device's automation functions. We distinguish between different function blocks, e.g. Analog Input Block, Analog Output Block, Totalizer Block, etc. Each of these function blocks is used to process different applications.

5.3.3

PROFIBUS-PA system architecture

4 5

5
PROFIBUS PA

Fig. 47:

PROFIBUS-PA system architecture

1 = Automation control system, 2 = Commuwin II operating program, 3 = Segment coupler, 4 = PROFIBUS-DP RS 485 line (max. 12 MBit/s), 5 = PROFIBUS-PA IEC 61158-2 (MBP) (max. 31.25 kbit/s)

General information The Promag 53 can be equipped with a PROFIBUS-PA interface in accordance with the fieldbus standard PROFIBUS-DP (EN 50170 Volume 2). As a consequence, the Promag 53 can exchange data with automation control systems, which satisfy this standard. The integration in a automation control system must be in accordance with the PROFIBUS-PA Profile 3.0 specifications.

76

Endress+Hauser

F06-xxxPBxxx-02-xx-xx-xx-000

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

5 Operation

The selection of the international IEC 61158-2 (MBP) (International Electrotechnical Commission) transmission standard ensures a future-proof field installation with PROFIBUS-PA. Communications partner In an automation control system, the Promag always serves as a slave and can thus, depending on the type of application, exchange data with one or more masters. The master can be an automation control system, a PLC or a PC with a PROFIBUS-DP communications adapter card.

Note: During the project planning, please remember that the Promag 53 consumes 11 mA. Caution: To prevent severe device failures (e.g. short-circuits) from having effect on the PROFIBUS-PA segment, the IEC 61158-2 (MBP) interface is equipped with a fuse. If the fuse blows, the device is permanently disconnected from the bus. In this case, the I/O module must be replaced (see Page 132). Filling function In contrast to the functionality of a Promag flow meter that does not support the PROFIBUS, the internal filling function is not integrated in the PROFIBUS-PA devices, since the device does not have any relay functions. However, it is still possible to use a filling function, for some applications, using the totalizer functionality.

"

Note: For additional project planning information about the PROFIBUS-PA fieldbus, see the Operating Instructions BA 198F/00/en Field communications - PROFIBUS-DP/-PA: Guides for project planning and commissioning. Function blocks The PROFIBUS uses predefined function blocks to describe the function blocks of a device and to specify uniform data access. The function blocks implemented in the fieldbus devices provide information on the tasks which a device can perform as part of the whole automation strategy. The following blocks can be implemented in field devices in accordance with Profile 3.0: Physical Block: The Physical Block contains all the device-specific characteristics. Transducer Block (transmission block): One or more transducer blocks contain all the device measurement and device-specific parameters. The measurement principles (e.g. flow rate and temperature) are mapped in the Transducer blocks in accordance with the PROFIBUS specification. Function Block: One or more function blocks contain the device's automation functions. We distinguish between different function blocks, e.g. Analog Input Block, Analog Output Block, Totalizer Block, etc. Each of these function blocks is used to process different applications. More information can be found in the Description of Device Functions manual.

Endress+Hauser

77

5 Operation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

5.3.4

Acyclic data exchange

The acyclic data transmission is used to transfer parameters during the commissioning, during maintenance or to display other measured variables that are not contained in the cyclic data traffic. Generally, a distinction is made between Class 1 and Class 2 master connections. Depending on the implementation of the field device, it is possible to simultaneously establish several Class 2 connections. Theoretically, a maximum of 49 Class 2 connections can be established to the same field device. Two Classe 2 masters are permitted with a Promag. This means that two Class 2 masters can access the Promag 53 at the same time. However, you must make certain that they do not both attempt to write the same data, since otherwise the data consistency cannot be guaranteed. When a Class 2 master reads parameters, it will send an interrogation telegram to the field device specifying the field device address, the slot/index and the expected record length. The field device will answer with the requested record, if the record exists and is the correct length (byte). When a Class 2 master writes parameters, it will send the address of the field device, the slot/index, record length (byte) and the record. The field device will acknowledge this write job after completion. A Class 2 master can access the blocks that are shown in the illustration below. The parameters, which can be accessed by the Endress+Hauser operating program (Commuwin II), are shown Page 80 ff. in the form of a matrix.

PROFIBUS-DP/-PA Automation control system

AI Function Block

TB Transducer Block

TOT Totalizer Function Block 1...3

PB Physical Block

Fig. 48:

Function block model for the Promag PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

78

Endress+Hauser

F06-x3PBxxxx-02-xx-xx-en-001

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

5 Operation

5.4

Operation with the PROFIBUS configuration programs

The user can obtain special configuration and operating programs offered by the different manufacturers for use in configuration. These can be used for configuring both the PROFIBUS-DP/-PA parameters and all of the device-specific parameters. The predefined function blocks allow uniform access to all the network and device data.

Note! A step-by-step description of the procedure for commissioning the PROFIBUS interface is given on Page 92 together with information about the configuration of device-specific parameters.

5.4.1

Operating options

Operating program "ToF Tool-FieldTool Package" Modular software package consisting of the "ToF Tool" service program for configuring and diagnosing ToF level transmitters (time-of-flight measurement) and the "FieldTool" service program for configuring and diagnosing PROline flowmeters. The PROline flowmeters are accessed via a service interface or via the FXA 193 service interface. Contents of the ToF Tool-FieldTool Package: Commissioning, maintenance analysis Measuring device configuration Service functions Visualisation of process data Trouble-shooting Controlling the FieldCheck tester/simulator Download device description: www.ToF-FieldTool.endress.com Operating program FieldCare FieldCare is Endress+Hausers FDT based Plant Asset Managment Tool. It can configurate all intelligent field devices in your plant and support you in mamging them. By using status information, it also provides a simple but effective means of checking their health. For more information: www.endress.com Operating program SIMATIC PDM (Siemens) SIMATIC PDM (Processs Device Manager) software is a vendor-independent configuration tool for field devices that support PROFIBUS, HART or other communication. For more information: www.endress.com

Endress+Hauser

79

5 Operation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

5.4.2

Commuwin II operating program

Commuwin II is a program for remote operation of field and control-room equipment. Commuwin II can be used irrespective of the device type and the mode of communication (HART or PROFIBUS).

Note! You can find more information on Commuwin II in the following E+H documents: System information: SI 018F/00/en Commuwin II Operating manual: BA 124F/00/en Commuwin II operating program An exact description of the data types can be found in the slot/index lists in the Description of Device Functions manual. As an aid in programming with Commuwin II, all of the Promag 53's device functions are clearly arranged in a matrix. Using the MATRIX SELECTION (VAH5) function, you can call up various parts of the matrix.

80

Endress+Hauser

F06-xxxPBxxx-13-xx-xx-en-000

Endress+Hauser
H2 DENSITY (Entry) H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9

H0

H1

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

V0 VOLUME FLOW MEASURING VALUES (Display)

CALC. MASSFLOW (Display)

Device matrix

V1 SYSTEM UNITS UNIT DENSITY (Options) UNIT LENGTH (Options)

UNIT VOLUME FLOW (Options)

UNIT MASSFLOW (Options)

V2 USER INTERFACE

ACCESS CODE (Entry)

DEF. PRIVATE CODE (Entry)

STATUS ACCESS (Display)

ACCESS CODE CNTR (Display)

V3 LF-CUTOFF PARAM.

ASSIGN LF-CUTOFF (Options)

ON-VAL.LF-CUTOFF (Entry)

OFF-VAL.LF-CUTOFF (Entry)

PRESS. SHOCK. SUPPR. (Input)

V4 EPD PARAMETER

EMPTY PIPE DET. (Options)

EPD RESPONSE TIME (Entry)

EPD ADJUSTMENT (Auswahl)

V5

V6 PROFIBUS-DP/PA

WRITE PROTECT (Display)

SELECTION GSD (Options)

SET UNIT TO BUS (Options)

BLOCK SELECTION (Options)

OUT VALUE (Display)

OUT STATUS (Display)

DISPLAY VALUE (Display)

DISP.VAL.STATUS (Display)

CYCL.CALC.TOT. (Options)

V7 PROFIBUS_INFO

BUS-ADRESSE (Display)

PROFILE VERSION (Display)

ACTUAL BAUDRATE (Display)

DEVICE ID (Display)

CHECK CONFIG.. (Display)

V8 SYSTEM PARAMETER SYSTEM DAMPING (Options) INTEGRATION TIME (Entry)

MEASURING MODE (Options)

INSTL.DIR SENSOR (Options)

POS. ZERO RETURN (Options)

V9 SENSOR DATA

K-FACTOTR POSITIV (Entry, Service)

K-FACTOR NEGATIV (Entry, Service)

ZERO POINT (Entry, Service)

NOMINAL DIAMETER (Options, Service)

MEASURING PERIOD (Entry, Service)

OVERVOLT. TIME (Entry, Service)

EPD ELECTRODE (Display)

VA MEASURING POINT

TAG NAME (Entry)

MATRIX SELECTION (Options)

DEVICE NAME (Display)

5 Operation

81

82
H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9 STATUS ACCESS (Anzeige) ACCESS CODE CNTR (Display) CONTRAST LCD (Entry) BACKLIGHT (Input) LANGUAGE GROUP (Display)

5 Operation

H0

H1

V0

V1

V2 DISPLAY

ACCESS CODE (Entry)

DEF. PRIVATE CODE (Entry)

V3 DISPLAY FUNCTION

LANGUAGE (Options)

DISPLAY DAMPING (Entry)

Display functions (partial matrix)

V4 MAIN LINE

ASSIGN LINE 1 (Options)

100%-VALUE (Entry)

FORMAT (Options)

V5 MULTIPLEX

ASSIGN LINE 1 (Options)

100%-VALUE (Entry)

FORMAT (Options)

V6 ADDITION LINE

ASSIGN LINE 2 (Options)

V100%-VALUE (Entry)

FORMAT (Options)

DISPLAY MODE (Options)

V7 MULTIPLEX

ASSIGN LINE 2 (Options)

100%-VALUE (Entry)

FORMAT (Options)

DISPLAY MODE (Options)

V8 INFORMATION LINE FORMAT (Options) DISPLAY MODE (Options)

ASSIGN LINE 3 (Options)

100%-VALUE (Entry)

V9 MULTIPLEX

ASSIGN LINE 3 (Options)

100%-VALUE (Entry)

FORMAT (Options)

DISPLAY MODE (Options)

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Endress+Hauser

VA MEASURING POINT

TAG NAME (Entry)

MATRIX SELECTION (Options)

DEVICE ID (Display)

Endress+Hauser
H2 SYSTEM RESET (Options) ALARM DELAY (Entry) OPERATION HOURS (Display) H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9 STATUS ACCESS (Display) ACCESS CODE CNTR (Display) SIM. FAILSAFE MODE (Options) HW-REV. SENSOR (Display) SW-REV_S-DAT (Entry, Service) SW-REV.AMP. (Entry, Service) SW-IDENT. AMP. (Display, Service) PROD-NR.AMP. (Display, Service) SW-REV_T-DAT (Entry, Service) SW-REV. I/O (Display, Service)

H0

H1

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

V0 DIAGNOSE/ALARM

ACTUAL SYS. COND. (Display)

PREVIOUS SYS. CON (Display)

V!

V2 USER INTERFACE

ACCESS CODE (Entry)

DEF.PRIVATE CODE (Entry)

V3

V4 SIMULATION

SIM.MEASURAND (Options)

VALUE SIM.MEAS.. (Entry)

V6 SENSOR INFO

SERIAL NUMBER (Entry, Service)

SENSOR TYPE (Display)

V7 AMPLIFIER INFO

HW-REV.AMP. (Display, Service)

HW-IDENT. AMP. (Display, Service)

V8 I/O MODULE INFO

I/O TYPE (Display)

V9

Diagnosis/Alarm/Simulation/Version Info/Service&Analysis (partial matrix)

VA MEASURING POINT

TAG NAME (Entry)

MATRIX_SELECTION (Options)

DEVICE ID (Display)

5 Operation

83

84
H2 SOFTW VERSION (Display) HARDW VERSION (Display) MANUFACTURER ID (Display) H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9 MESSAGE (Entry) DEVICE CERTIFICAT (Display) LOCAL OPERATION (Entry)

5 Operation

H0

H1

V0 DEVICE DATA

DEVICE ID (Display)

SERIAL NUMBER (Display)

V1 DESCRIPTION

DESCRIPTOR (Entry)

INSTALLATION DATE (Display)

V2 SOFTWRE RESET

SOFTWARE RESET (Entry)

V3 SECURITY LOCKING

WRITE LOCKING (Entry)

HW WRITE PROTEC (Options)

Physical Block (operation via profile)

V4 DEVICE DATA

IDENT NUMBER (Options)

V5 DIAGNOSIS MASK

MASK (Display)

MASK 1 (Display)

MASK 2 (Display)

DIAG MASK EXTENS (Display)

V6 DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSIS (Display)

DIAGNOSIS 1 (Display)

DIAGNOSIS 2 (Display)

DIAGNOSIS EXTENS (Display)

V7

V8 BLOCK MODE NORMAL (Display) PERMITTED (Display)

TARGET MODE (Entry)

ACTUAL (Display)

V9 ALARM CONFIG

CURRENT (Display)

DISABLE (Display)

ST REVISION (Display)

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Endress+Hauser
ALERT KEY (Entry) PROFILE VERSION (Display)

VA BLOCK PARAMETER

TAG (Entry)

STRATEGY (Entry)

Endress+Hauser
H2 UNIT (Entry) LOWER_RANGE_VAL UE (Entry) UPPER_RANGE_VALU E (Entry) H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9

H0

H1

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

V0 VOLUME_FLOW

VOLUME FLOW (Display)

STATUS (Display)

V1 MASS_FLOW

V2 DENSITY

V3 TEMPERATURE

V4 ULTRASONIC

Transducer Block flow (operation via profile)

V5 VORTEX

V6 SAMPLING_FREQ

VOLUME FLOW (Display)

STATUS (Display)

UNIT (Entry)

V7 SYSTEM_PARAM.

MEASURING MODE (Options)

FLOW DIRECTION (Options)

LOW FLOW CUTOFF (Entry)

ZERO POINT (Entry)

ZERO POINT ADJUST UNIT (Entry) (Options)

CALIB. FACTOR (Entry)

NOMINAL SIZE (Entry)

UNIT (Entry)

V8 BLOCK MODE NORMAL (Display) PERMITTED (Display)

TARGET MODE (Entry)

ACTUAL (Display)

UNIT MODE (Options)

V9 ALARM_CONFIG

CURRENT (Display)

DISABLE (Display)

UNACKNOWLEDGED UNREPORTED (Display) (Display)

ST REVISION (Display)

VA BLOCK PARAMETER

TAG (Entry)

STRATEGY (Entry)

ALERT KEY (Entry)

PROFILE VERSION (Display)

5 Operation

85

86
H2 OUT_STATUS (Display) OUT_SCALE_MAX (Entry) OUT_UNIT (Entry) USER_UNIT (Entry) DEC_POINT_OUT Entry) OUT_SUB_STATUS (Display) OUT LIMIT (Display) FAILSAFEACTION (Options) FAILSAFE VALUE (Entry) H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9 TYPE_OF_LIN (Options) OUT_SCALE_MIN (Entry) RISING_TIME (Entry) ALARM_STATE (Display) SWITCH_ON_POINT (Entry) SWITCH_OFF_POINT (Entry) ALARM_STATE (Display) SWITCH_ON_POINT (Entry) SWITCH_OFF_POINT (Entry)

5 Operation

H0

H1

V0 OUT

OUT_VALUE (Display)

OUT_STATUS (Display)

V1 SCALING

PV_SCALE _MIN (Entry)

PV_SCALE_MAX (Entry)

V2 ALARM_LIMITS

ALARM_HYSTERESIS (Entry)

V3 HI_HI_ALARM

HI_HI_LIM (Entry)

VALUE (Display)

V4 HI_ALARM

HI_LIM (Entry)

VALUE (Display)

Analog Input Block (operation via profile)

V5 LO_ALARM

LO_LIM (Entry)

VALUE (Display)

ALARM_STATE (Display)

SWITCH_ON_POINT (Entry)

SWITCH_OFF_POINT (Entry)

V6 LO_LO-ALARM

LO_LO_LIM (Entry)

VALUE (Display)

ALARM_STATE (Display)

SWITCH_ON_POINT (Entry)

SWITCH_OFF_POINT (Entry)

V7 SIMULATION

SIMULATION_VALUE (Entry)

SIMULATION_STAT. (Options)

SIMULATION_MODE (Options)

V8 BLOCK_MODE NORMAL (Display) PERMITTED (Display)

TARGET_MODE (Entry)

ACTUAL (Display)

CHANNEL (Options)

UNIT_MODE (Options)

V9 ALARM_CONFIG

CURRENT (Display)

DISABLE (Display)

ST_REVISION (Display)

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Endress+Hauser
ALERT_KEY (Entry) PROFILE VERSION (Display)

VA BLOCK_PARAMETE

TAG (Entry)

TARGET (Entry)

BATCH_ID (Entry)

BATCH_UP (Entry)

BATCH_PHASE (Entry)

BATCH_OPERATION (Options)

Endress+Hauser
H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9 TOTAL_STATUS TOTAL_SUB_STATUS TOTAL_LIMIT FAIL_TOT FAILSAFE_MODE PRESET_TOTALIZER MODE_TOTALIZER ALARM STATE (Display) SWITCH-ON POINT (Entry) SWITCH-OFF_POINT (Entry)

H0

H1

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

V0 TOTALIZER

TOTAL_VALUE

TOTAL Status TOTAL_STATUS

V1 CONFIGURATION

TOTAL UNIT

SET_TOTALIZER

V2 ALARM LIMITS

ALARM_HYSTERESIS

V3 HI HI ALARM

HI_HI_LIM (Entry)

VALUE (Display)

Totalizer Block (operation via profile)

V4 HI ALARM

HI_LIM (Entry)

VALUE (Display)

ALARM STATE (Display)

SWITCH-ON POINT (Entry)

SWITCH-OFF_POINT (Entry)

V5 LO ALARM ALARM STATE (Display) SWITCH-ON POINT (Entry) SWITCH-OFF_POINT (Entry)

LO_LIM (Entry)

VALUE (Display)

V6 LO LO ALARM

LLO_LO_LIM (Entry)

VALUE (Display)

ALARM STATE (Display)

SWITCH-ON POINT (Entry)

SWITCH-OFF_POINT (Entry)

V7

V8 BLOCK MODE NORMAL (Display) PERMITTED (Display)

TARGET_MODE (Entry)

ACTUAL (Display)

CHANNEL (Entry)

UNIT_MODE (Options)

V9 ALARM CONFIG

CURRENT (Display)

DISABLE (Display)

ST_REVISION (Display)

VA BLOCK PARAMETE

TAG (Entry)

STRATEGY (Entry)

ALERT_KEY (Entry)

PRFILE VERSION (Display)

BATCH_ID (Entry)

BATCH_RUP (Entry)

BATCH_PHASE (Entry)

BATCH_OPERATION (Options)

5 Operation

87

5 Operation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

5.5
5.5.1

Hardware configuration
Configuration of write protection

A jumper on the I/O board provides the means of activating or deactivating hardware write protection.

Warning! Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the power supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment. 1. 2. 3. 4. Switch off power supply. Remove I/O board Page 132, 134. Configure hardware write protection appropriately using the jumpers (Fig. 49). Installation of the I/O board is the reverse of the removal procedure.

LED

1.1

1.2

Fig. 49: 1 1.1 1.2 2

Hardware configuration (I/O board)

Jumper for hardware write protection: Enabled (factory setting) = access to flowmeter parameters via PROFIBUS possible Disabled = access to flowmeter parameters via PROFIBUS not possible Jumper with no function

LED (LED at the back of the board): lit continuously ready for operation not lit not ready flashes System- or process error available (see Page 121 ff.)

88

Endress+Hauser

F06-xxxPBxxxx-16-xx-xx-xx-000

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

5 Operation

5.5.2

Configuration of the device address

Note the following points: In the case of a PROFIBUS-DP/-PA flowmeter, it will always be necessary to configure the address. Valid flowmeter addresses lie within the range 0125. Each address can only be used once in a PROFIBUS-DP/-PA network. If an address is not configured correctly, the flowmeter will not be recognised by the master. The address 126 is used for initial commissioning and for service purposes. All flowmeters have the address 126 and software addressing on leaving the factory. Addressing PROFIBUS-DP/-PA using the local display Page 92 Addressing PROFIBUS-DP/-PA using miniature switches:

Warning: Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the power supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Loosen the Allen-head screw securing the clamp (3 mm key). Remove the cover of the electronics compartment. Remove the local display (if existing) by loosening the fixing screw of the display module. Use a pointed object to alter the positions of the miniature switches on the I/O board. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.

1 2 3 4 5 6
OFF ON

1 2 4 8 16
F06-xxxPBxxx-16-xx-xx-xx-001

32 64 b OFF ON

7 8

Fig. 50: a b

Addressing using the miniature switches on the I/O board

Miniature switches Nos. 17 for defining the bus address (for example: 1 + 16 + 32 = 49) Switch for the address mode (type of addressing): OFF = software addressing via the local display ON = software addressing via miniature switches No. 17

Endress+Hauser

89

5 Operation

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

90

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

6 Commissioning

6
6.1

Commissioning
Function check

Make sure that all final checks have been completed before you start up your measuring point: Checklist for Installation check Page 46 Checklist for Electric connection check Page 66

Note! The technical function data of the PROFIBUS interface in acc. with IEC 61158-2 (MBP) must be maintained (FISCO model). The bus voltage of 9 ... 32 V and the current consumption of 11 mA at the device can be checked using a normal multimeter. Using the LED on the I/O board (see Page 121) it is possible to carry out a simple function check on the fieldbus communication in the non-hazardous area. Commissioning In the case of measuring devices without a local display, the individual parameters and functions must be configured via the configuration program, e.g. via PROFIBUS by means of Commuwin II, via service protocol by means of ToF ToolFieldTool package. If the measuring device is equipped with a local display, all the important device parameters for standard operation can be configured quickly and easily by means of the Commissioning Quick Setup menu ( Page 113). Switching on the device Once the connection checks (see Page 66) have been successfully completed, it is time to switch on the power supply. The device is now operational. The measuring device performs a number of power on self-tests. As this procedure progresses the following sequence of messages appears on the local display:

PROMAG 53 START UP IS RUNNING Start-up message

PROMAG 53 SW-AMPLIFIER XX.XX.XX Current software version

PROFIBUS-DP/-PA List of installed input/output modules

SYSTEM OK

OPERATION

Beginning of normal measuring mode

Normal measuring mode commences as soon as start-up completes. Various measured values appear on the display (HOME position).

!
Endress+Hauser

Note! If start-up fails, an error message indicating the cause is displayed.

91

6 Commissioning

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

6.2

Commissioning the PROFIBUS-DP/-PA interface using the local display

Note! It will be necessary to enter the numerical code (factory setting: 53) before altering device functions, numerical values or factory settings Page 72. The following steps have to be carried out one after the other: 1. Check the hardware write protection: BASIC FUNCTION (G) PROFIBUS-DP/-PA (GBA) CONFIGURATION (610) WRITE PROTECT (6102) Enter the tag name: BASIC FUNCTION (G) PROFIBUS-DP/-PA (GBA) CONFIGURATION (610) TAG NAME (6100) Assign a bus address if this has not already been effected via the corresponding miniature switches (see Page 89): BASIC FUNCTION (G) PROFIBUS-DP/-PA (GBA) CONFIGURATION (610) BUS ADDRESS (6101) Configuring the system unit of the volume and mass flow: Via the function group System unit: MEASURED VARIABLES (A) SYSTEM UNITS (ACA) CONFIGURATION (040) UNIT MASS FLOW (0400) UNIT MASS (0401) UNIT VOL.... The system unit which has been configured will become effective in the control system once the function SET UNIT TO BUS has been activated: BASIC FUNCTION (G) PROFIBUS-DP/-PA (GBA) OPERATION (614) SET UNIT TO BUS (6141) Note: The measured values are transmitted in system units - as described in the table on Page 100 ff. - to the automation control system during the cyclic data exchange. If the system unit of a measured value is changed using the local display, this will not have an immediate effect on the output of the AI block and therefore will not influence the measured value which is transmitted to the automation control system. The altered system unit of the measured value will only be transmitted to the automation control system once the SET UNIT TO BUS function in block G (BASIC FUNCTIONS) PROFIBUS-DP/-PA (GBA) OPERATION (614) SET UNIT TO BUS (6141) has been activated. 5. Configuration of the totalizers 1-3: Promag 53 disposes of 3 totalizers. The following description provides an example for totalizer 1. Selection of the process variables with the parameter CHANNEL e.g. volume flow: BASIC FUNCTION (G) PROFIBUS-DP/-PA (GBA) TOTALIZER (613) CHANNEL (6133) Entry of the required units for the totalizer: BASIC FUNCTION (G) PROFIBUS-DP/-PA (GBA) TOTALIZER (613) UNIT TOTALIZER (6134) Configuration of the totalizer (define totalizer status) e.g. for Totalizing: BASIC FUNCTION (G) PROFIBUS-DP/-PA (GBA) TOTALIZER (613) SET TOTALIZER (6135) Configuration of the totalizer mode e.g. for Balancing: BASIC FUNCTION (G) PROFIBUS-DP/-PA (GBA) TOTALIZER (613) TOTALIZER MODE (6137)

2.

3.

4.

92

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

6 Commissioning

6.

Selection of GSD file: BASIC FUNCTION (G) PROFIBUS-DP/-PA (GBA) OPERATION (614) SELECTION GSD (6140)

Note! The selection possibilities and the predefined values/parameters are described in more detail in the Description of Device Functions manual.

6.3

Commissioning using the Class 2 master (Commuwin II)

Operation with Commuwin II is described in the E+H documentation BA 124F/00/a2/... Steps 1-5 can be dealt with in the same order as described in Chap. 6.2 Commissioning using the local display. The configuration parameters can be found in the Commuwin II operation matrix in the manufacturer-specific matrix or in the individual blocks: in the Physical Block Page 84 in the manufacturer-specific device matrix lines (V6 and V7) Page 81 in the Analog Input Block Page 86 in the Totalizer Block (line V1) Page 87 1. Parametering the Physical Block: Open the Physical Block. Software and hardware write protection is disabled in Promag 53 so that you can access all the write parameters. Check this status with the parameters WRITE LOCKING (V3H0, software write protection) and HW WRITE PROTECT (V3H1, hardware write protection). Enter the tag name. Parametering the manufacturer-specific device parameters of the Transducer Block PROMAG53 PBUS: Open the manufacturer-specific Transducer Block PROMAG53 PBUS: Enter the desired name for the block (tag name). Factory setting: No block name (tag name) Now configure the device-specific parameters for flow measurement. Note: Other matrixes can be selected in the cell VAH5 if you wish to configure further manufacturer-specific parameters. Please note that alterations made to device parameters will only be activated once a valid release code has been entered. The release code can be entered in the matrix cell V3H0 (factory setting: 53). 3. Parametering the Analog Input function block: Promag 53 disposes of two Analog Input function blocks. The Analog Input 1 block contains the process variable Volume flow and the Analog Input 2 block the Mass flow. These are selected using the connection clearance list. The following description provides an example for the Analog Input function block No. 1. Enter the required name for the Analog Input function block 1. Factory setting: VOLUMEFLOW BLOCK Open the Analog Input function block. The input value or the input range can be scaled in accordance with the requirements of the automation control system Page 95 Rescaling the input value. If necessary, set a limit value.

2.

Endress+Hauser

93

6 Commissioning

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

4.

Parametering the Totalizer Block: Promag 53 comprises three Totalizer function blocks. These are selected using the profile blocks Totalizer Block in the connection clearance list. Enter the required name for the Totalizer function block. Factory setting: TOTALIZER BLOCK Select the process variable (e.g. Volume flow) with the parameter CHANNEL (V8H5). Enter the required units for the totalizer (UNIT TOTALIZER, V1H0). Configure the totalizer, e.g. for totalizing (SET TOT, V1H1). Configure the totalizer mode, e.g. balancing (TOTALIZER MODE, V1H3). Configuration of the cyclic data traffic: All the relevant data is described in Chapter System Integration (see Page 96). We recommend that the Coupling Documentation be used for step-by-step configuration. This can be obtained from Endress+Hauser Process Solutions for various automation control systems and programmable logic controls. The files required for commissioning and network configuration can be obtained as described on Page 96.

5.

94

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

6 Commissioning

6.3.1

Rescaling the input value

In the Analog Input function block the input value or input range can be scaled in accordance with the automation requirements. Example: The system unit in the Transducer Block is m3/h. The measurement range of the sensor is 0 ... 30 m3/h. The output range to the automation control system should be 0 ... 100%. The measured value from the Transducer Block (input value) is rescaled linearly via the input scaling PV_SCALE to the desired output range OUT_SCALE. Parameter group PV_SCALE (see Description of Device Functions manual) 0 PV_SCALE_MIN (V1H0) 30 PV_SCALE_MAX (V1H1) Parameter group OUT_SCALE (see Description of Device Functions manual) OUT_SCALE_MIN (V1H3) 0 OUT_SCALE_MAX (V1H4) 100 [%] OUT_UNIT (V1H5) The result is that with an input value of, for example 15m3/h, a value of 50% is output via the parameter OUT.

Transducer block

Analog Input Function block


m /h
30
3

PV_SCALE

100%

OUT_SCALE

Volume flow
Esc Esc

15 m3/h
0 0 100 0 0 100%

OUT 50%

0...30 m3/h

Fig. 51:

Rescaling the input value in the AI function block

Note! The OUT_UNIT does not have any effect on the scaling. It should, however, be configured that it can, for example, be shown on the display.

Endress+Hauser

95

F06-53PBxxxxx-05-xx-xx-en-002

6 Commissioning

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

6.4

System integration

The device will be ready for system integration once commissioning has been effected via the local display or the Class 2 master (Commuwin II). The PROFIBUS-DP system will require a description of the device parameters, e.g. output data, input data, data format and supported transmission rate so that it can integrate the field devices into the bus system. This data is contained in a PROFIBUS description file (GSD file) which will be placed at the disposal of the PROFIBUS-DP master while the communication system is being commissioned. Device bitmaps, which appear as symbols in the network tree, can also be integrated. The Profil 3.0 PROFIBUS description file (GSD) allows field devices from various manufacturers to be exchanged without having to repeat the configuration process. Generally, a distinction can be made between three different types of GSD (Factory setting: manufacturer-specific GSD): Manufacturer-specific GSD: This GSD guarantees the unlimited functionality of the field device. Device-specific process parameters and functions are therefore available. Profile GSD: This GSD is different in terms of the number of Analog Input blocks (AI) and the measuring principles. If a system is configured with profile GSDs, it will be possible to exchange devices that are supplied by various manufacturers. It is, however, essential that the cyclic proces values follow the same sequence. Example: Promag 53 supports Profile GSD PA039741.gsd (RS 485) or PA139741.gsd (IEC 611582 (MBP)). This GSD file contains two AI blocks and a totalizer block. The first AI block is always assigned to the volume flow. This guarantees that the first measured variable agrees with the field equipment of other manufacturers. The second AI block can be freely selected as Promag 53 is capable of producing a calculated mass flow (see configuration example on Page 105 ff.). Profile GSD (multivariable) with the ID number 9760Hex: This GSD contains all function blocks such as AI, DO, DI.... This GSD is not supported by Promag.

Note! A decision should be made with respect to which GSD is to be used before configuration takes place. The configuration can be altered using the local display or a Class 2 master! Configuration using the local display Page 92 ff.

96

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

6 Commissioning

Promag 53 supports the following GSD files:


Name of device Manufacturer-specific ID No. 1527 (Hex) Profile 3.0 ID No. Manufacturer-specific GSD EH3_1527.gsd EH3X1527.gsd Bitmaps EH_1527_d.bmp/.dib EH_1527_n.bmp/.dib EH_1527_s.bmp/.dib Manufacturer-specific GSD EH3_1526.gsd EH3X1526.gsd Bitmaps EH_1526_d.bmp/.dib EH_1526_n.bmp/.dib EH_1526_s.bmp/.dib

Promag 53 PA PROFIBUS-PA (IEC 61158-2 (MBP))

9741 (Hex)

Profile 3.0 GSD PA139741.gsd

Type file EH_1527.200

Manufacturer-specific ID No. Promag 53 DP PROFIBUS-DP (RS 485) 1526 (Hex)

Profile 3.0 ID No.

9741 (Hex)

Profile 3.0 GSD PA039741.gsd

Type file EH_1526.200

Each device is assigned an identification number by the Profibus User Organisation (PNO). The name of the PROFIBUS description file (GSD) is derived from this. At Endress+Hauser, this ID No. starts with the manufacturer ID 15xx. In order to ensure clarity, the GSD names (with the exception of type files) at Endress+Hauser are as follows:
EH3_15xx EH = Endress + Hauser 3 = Profile 3.0 _ = standard identification 15xx = ID No. EH = Endress + Hauser 3 = Profile 3.0 x = extended identification 15xx = ID No.

EH3x15xx

The GSD files for all Endress+Hauser devices can be acquired in the following manner: Internet (Endress+Hauser) http://www.endress.com (Products Process Solutions PROFIBUS GSD files) Internet (PNO) http://www.profibus.com (GSD library) On CD-ROM from Endress+Hauser: Order Number 50097200 Structure of GSD files from Endress+Hauser In the case of the Endress+Hauser field transmitter with PROFIBUS interface, all the files which are needed for configuration are contained in one file. Once unpacked, the file will create the following structure: Version #xx stands for the corresponding device version. Device-specific bitmaps can be found in the directories BMP and DIB. The utilisation of these will depend on the configuration software that is being used. The GSD files are saved in the subdirectories Extended and Standard which can be found in the GSD folder. Information relating to the implementation of the field transmitter and any dependencies in the device software can be found in the Info folder. Please read this carefully before configuration takes place. The files with the extension *.200 have been saved in the TypDat folder.

Endress+Hauser

97

6 Commissioning

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Standard and Extended formats The modules of some GSD files are transmitted with an extended identification (e.g. 0x42, 0x84, 0x08, 0x05). These GSD files can be found in the Extended folder. All GSD files that have a standard identification (e.g. 0x94) can be found in the Standard folder. When integrating field transmitters, the GSD files with the extended identification should be used first. If, however, the integration is not successful, the standard GSD should be used. This differenciation is the result of a specific implementation in the master systems. Contents of the download file from the internet and the CD-ROM: All Endress+Hauser GSD files Endress+Hauser type files Endress+Hauser bitmap files Useful information relating to the devices Working with GSD / type files The GSD files must be integrated into the automation control system. Depending on the software that is being used, the GSD files can be copied to the program-specific directory or can be read into the database using the import function within the configuration software. Example 1: In the case of the configuration software Siemens STEP 7 (Siemens PLC S7-300 / 400) the files are copied to the subdirectory ...\ siemens \ step7 \ s7data \ gsd. The GSD files also contain bitmap files. These bitmap files are used to display the measuring points in image form. The bitmap files will have to be saved to the directory ...\ siemens \ step7 \ s7data \ nsbmp. Example 2: If you have a PLC Siemens S5 where the PROFIBUS-DP network is configured with the configuration software COM ET 200, you will have to use the type files (x.200 files). If you are using configuration software other than that referred to above, ask your PLC manufacturer which directory you should use.

98

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

6 Commissioning

Compatibility with PROFIBUS predecessor model PROMAG 53 with Profile 2.0 In the event of device replacement, PROline Promag 53 supports the compatibility of cyclic data with the forerunner model Promag 33 with Profile Version 2.0 as follows:
available measuring device: Promag 33 PROFIBUS-PA (ID-No. 1505) Promag 33 PROFIBUS-DP (ID-No. 1511)

can be replaced with: Promag 53 PROFIBUS-PA Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP

The Promag 53 is accepted as a replacement device if the option to MANUFACT V2.0 is activated in the E+H device matrix (Commuwin II) in the parameter SELECTION GSD (V6H1) or in the function SELECTION GSD via the local display (see below). The Promag 53 automatically detects if a Promag 33 has been configured in the control system and provides the appropriate input data, output data and measured value status information, although the measuring devices have different names and identification numbers. It is therefore not necessary to adjust the configuration of the PROFIBUS network in the control system. Procedure after replacing the measuring devices: 1. 2. 3. Set the same (old) device address Function BUS ADDRESS (6101) In the function SELECTION GSD (6140) select MANUFACT V2.0 Restart the measuring device Function SYSTEM RESET (8046)

Note! If necessary, the following settings must be made after the replacement: Configuration of the application-specific parameters Setting the units for the process variables

Endress+Hauser

99

6 Commissioning

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

6.4.1

Cyclic data exchange

In the case of PROFIBUS-DP/-PA, the cyclic transmission of analog values to the automation control system is effected in data blocks of 5 bytes. The measured value is portrayed in the first 4 bytes in the form of flowing point numbers in accordance with IEEE 754 standard (see IEEE floating point number). The 5th byte contains status information pertaining to the measured value which is implemented in accordance with the Profile 3.0 specifications (see Page 96). The status will be indicated on the display of the device (see Page 69).

Note! A detailed description of the data types can be found in the Slot/Index lists in the separate Description of Device Functions manual. IEEE floating point number Conversion of a hexadecimal value into an IEEE floating point number for measured value detection. The measured values are shown in numerical format IEEE-754 in the following manner and are transferred to Class 1 master:
Byte n Bit 7 Sign Bit 6 27 26 25 24 23 Bit 0 22 21 Bit 7 20 Byte n+1 Bit 6 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 Bit 0 2-6 2-7 Bit 7 2-8 2-9 2-10 2-11 2-12 2-13 Byte n+2 Bit 0 2-14 2-15 Byte n+3 Bit 7 Bit 0 2-16...2-23 Mantisse

Exponents

Mantisse

Mantisse

Formula value = (1)Sign * 2(exponent -127) * (1 + Mantisse) Example: 40 F0 00 00 hex = 0100 0000 1111 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 binary Value = (1)0 * 2(129-127) * (1 + 2-1 + 2-2 + 2-3) = 1 * 22 * (1 + 0.5 + 0.25 + 0.125) = 1 * 4 * 1.875 = 7.5

100

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

6 Commissioning

Block model The analog values transferred by Promag 53 during the cyclic data exchange are: Volume flow Totalizers 1-3 and the corresponding control parameters Calculated mass flow (see Description of Device Functions manual) Display value Control blocks for manufacturer-specific functions The block model shows the input and output data which Promag 53 provides for data exchange.

Local operation

... ...

BASIC FUNKTION

PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

CONFIGURATION

TAG NAME

BUS ADDRESS OUT VALUE TOTALIZER OUT VALUE SET UNIT TO BUS ACTUAL BAUD RATE

WRITE PROTECT DISPLAY VALUE UNIT TOTALIZER

FUNCTION BLOCKS

BLOCK SELECTION SELECT TOTALIZER SELECTION GSD PROFILE VERSION

TOTALIZER

CHANNEL OFF VOLUME FLOW MASS FLOW

...

OPERATION

INFORMATION

DEVICE ID

CHECK CONFIGURATION

Transducer Block

Analog Input Fct.-block 1 Volume flow Analog Input Fct.-block 2 Mass flow
Volume

OUT VALUE Value/Status OUT VALUE Value/Status TOT 1-OUT VALUE Value/Status TOT2-OUT VALUE Value/Status TOT3-OUT VALUE Value/Status DISPLAY VALUE Value/Status

Sensor

Signal processing

PROFILE Parameter

Totalizer 1
Mass
Volume

PROFIBUS-DP/PA

Totalizer 2
Mass

Physical Block

Manufacturer specific parameter

Volume

Totalizer 3
Mass

CONTROL

Fig. 52:

Block model Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA Profile 3.0

Endress+Hauser

101

F06-53PBxxxxx-05-xx-xx-en-006

6 Commissioning

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Input data The following are examples of input data: volume flow, totalizers 1-3 and calculated mass flow. The current volume flow, totalizers 1-3 and calculated mass flow can be displayed on the basis of these measured variables. The calculated mass flow is derived from the volume flow and a fixed density. Data transfer from Promag to the automation control system The input and output bytes are structured in a fixed sequence. If addressing is effected automatically using the configuration program, the numerical values of the input and output bytes may deviate from the values in the following table.
Input byte Process parameter Access type Comment/Data format Factory setting unit m3/h

0, 1, 2, 3

Volume flow

read

32-bit floating point number (IEEE-754) Illustration Page 100 Status codes

Status volume flow

read

Page 110

5, 6, 7, 8

Totalizer 1

read

32-bit floating point number (IEEE-754) Illustration Page 100 Status codes

m3 or kg

Status totalizer 1

read

Page 110

10, 11, 12, 13

Totalizer 2

read

32-bit floating point number (IEEE-754) Illustration Page 100 Status codes

m3 or kg

14

Status totalizer 2

read

Page 110

15, 16, 17, 18

Totalizer 3

read

32-bit floating point number (IEEE-754) Illustration Page 100 Status codes

m3 or kg

19

Status totalizer 3

read

Page 110

20, 21, 22, 23

Mass flow

read

32-bit floating point number (IEEE-754) Illustration Page 100 Status codes

kg/h

24

Status mass flow

read

Page 110

Note! The system units in the table correspond to the predefined scales which are transferred during the cyclic data exchange. The assignment of the measured variables to the respective variables can be effected using the parameter Channel, the local controls or a Class 2 master. Totalizers 1-3 can be configured individually. The following settings are possible (factory setting: volume flow in m3): Off Mass flow Volume flow The parameter Channel is described in more detail in the separate Description of Device Functions manual.

102

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

6 Commissioning

Output data Display value The display value allows you to transfer a measured value which has been calculated in the automation control system directly to the Promag. This measured value is a display value which can be assigned to the main line, the secondary line and the info line of the display. The display value contains 4 bytes measured value and 1 byte status. The status is displayed as being OK, UNCERTAIN or BAD (see Page 70). Data transfer from the automation control system to Promag 53 (display value)
Output byte Process parameter Access type Comment/Data format Factory setting unit

6, 7, 8, 9

Display value

write

32-bit floating point number (IEEE-754) Illustration Page 100 -

ao

10

Status Display value

read

Note! The status can be entered freely and will be interpreted in accordance with the status coding in Profile Specification 3.0. Example: The concentration is calculated in % f(temperature/density) in the automation control system. The temperature and density status is transferred with the two cyclic measured values and can therefore be shown directly in the automation control system together with the calculated concentration. Control variables (output data) manufacturer-specific Promag 53 is capable of processing control variables during the cyclic data exchange e.g the switching on positive zero return. The following table shows the control variables (output data) that can be transferred to Promag 53. Data transfer from the automation control system to Promag 53 (Control block)
Output byte 11 Process parameter Control variable Access type write Comment/Control variable Factory setting unit

This parameter is manufacturer-specific and can control the following control variables: 0 0 0 0

1: Reserved 2: Positive zero return ON 3: Positive zero return OFF 4: Reserved

Note! A control variable can be executed through the cyclic data exchange each time the output byte changes from 0 to another bit pattern. It will then be necessary to reset to 0 before a further control variable can be executed. The transition from any bit pattern to 0 will not have any effect.

Endress+Hauser

103

6 Commissioning

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Control variables for totalizers 1-3 (output data) These functions allow totalizers 1-3 to be controlled from the automation control system. The following control variables are possible: totalizing, resetting, activation of a predefined value, balancing, positive flow detection, negative flow detection and stopping of totalizing. Data transfer from the automation control system to Promag 53 (Control variables of totalizers)
Output byte 0 2 4 Process parameter SET_TOT 1 SET_TOT 2 SET_TOT 3 Access type write write write Comment/Control variable Factory setting unit

The following control variables can be entered for totalizers 1-3 using these parameters. Control variable for SET_TOT: 0: Totalizing 1: Reset totalizer 2: Preset totalizer

1 3 5

MODE_TOT 1 MODE_TOT 2 MODE_TOT 3

write write write

Control variable for MODE_TOT: 0: Balancing 1: Only positive flow detection 2: Only negative flow detection 3: Stop totalizing

Note! A control variable can be executed through the cyclic data exchange each time the output byte changes from one bit pattern to any other bit pattern. It will not be necessary to reset to 0 to execute a control variable. It is only possible to preset a predefined totalizer value via the local display or the Class 2 master! Example of SET_TOT and MODE_TOT: If the control variable SET_TOT is set to 1 (1 = Reset the totalizer), the value of the totalizer will be set to 0. The value of the totalizer will now be added up starting from 0. If the totalizer is to retain the value 0, it will be necessary to set the control variable MODE_TOT to 3 (3 = STOP totalizing). The totalizer will now stop adding up. The control variable SET_TOT can be set to 1 at a later point in time (1 = Reset the totalizer). Factory settings of cyclic measured variables The following measured variables are configured in Promag 53 at the factory: Volume flow Totalizer 1 (with control variable SET_TOT and MODE_TOT) Totalizer 2 (with control variable SET_TOT and MODE_TOT) Totalizer 3 (with control variable SET_TOT and MODE_TOT) Mass flow Display value (input value) Manufacturer-specific control block If all measured variables are not required, you can use the placeholder EMTY_MODULE (0x00) - which can be found in the GSD file - to deactivate individual measured variables using the configuration software of the Class 1 master. Configuration example Page 105 ff.

Note! Only activate the data blocks which are to be processed in the automation control system. This will improve the data throughput rate of a PROFIBUS-DP/-PA network. A blinking double-arrow symbol will appear on the display to show that Promag 53 is communicating with the automation control system.

104

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

6 Commissioning

"

Caution! It is essential that the following sequence be adhered to when configuring the measured variables volume flow, totalizers 1...3, mass flow, display value and control! The device will have to be reset after the new measured variables have been configured. This can be effected in either of two ways: Via the local display: HOME Block J (SUPERVISION) Group JAA (SYSTEM) Function group 804 (OPERATION) Function 8046 (SYSTEM RESET) Switch supply voltage off and then on again. System units The measured values are transmitted in system units - as described in the table on Page 102 - to the automation control system during the cyclic data exchange. If the system unit of a measured value is changed using the local display, this will not have an immediate effect on the output of the AI block (Analog Input Block) and therefore will not influence the measured value which is transmitted to the automation control system. The altered system unit of the measured value will only be transmitted to the automation control system once the SET UNIT TO BUS function in block G (BASIC FUNCTIONS) Group GBA (PROFIBUS-DP/-PA) function group 614 (OPERATION) Function 6141 (SET UNIT TO BUS) has been activated. This can also be activated with a Class 2 master (e.g. Commuwin II). Configuration examples The configuration of a PROFIBUS-DP system is normally effected in the following manner: 1. The field device (Promag 53) which is to be configured is integrated into the configuration program of the automation control system via the PROFIBUS-DP network. The GSD file is used here. The configuration software can be used to configure measured variables offline. The automation control system's user program will have to be programmed now. The input and output data is controlled in the user program and the location of the measured variables is defined so that they can be processed further. An additional measured value configuration module may have to be used in the case of automation control systems which do not support the IEEE-754 floating point format. It may also be necessary to change the byte sequence (byte swapping) depending on the type of data management employed in the automation control system (littleendian format or big-endian format). When configuration has been completed, this will be transferred to the automation control system in the form of a binary file. The system can be started now. The automation control system will establish a connection to the configured devices. The device parameters which are relevant for the process can now be set using the Class 2 master, e.g. with Commuwin II (see Page 93).

2.

3. 4.

Endress+Hauser

105

6 Commissioning

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

6.4.2

Configuration examples with Simatic S7 HW-Konfig

Example 1: Full configuration using the manufacturer-specific GSD file

This form of configuration activates all data blocks which are supported by Promag 53. The significance of SET_TOT and MODE_TOT is described on Page 104.
Configuration data Byte length (Input) Byte length (Output) Data blocks Status Access type GSD block designation GSD Extended block identification 0x42, 0x84, 0x08, 0x05 0xC1, 0x81, 0x84, 0x85 GSD Standard block identification 0x94

0...4

Volume flow + Status 0+1 Totalizer 1 + Status + Control variable Totalizer 2 + Status + Control variable Totalizer 3 + Status + Control variable Mass flow + Status Display value + Status Control variable

active

read

AI

5...9

active

read + write

SETTOT_ MODETOT_ TOTAL

0xC1, 0x81, 0x84, 0x85

10...14

2+3

active

read + write

SETTOT_ MODETOT_ TOTAL

0xC1, 0x81, 0x84, 0x85

0xC1, 0x81, 0x84, 0x85

15...19

4+5

active

read + write

SETTOT_ MODETOT_ TOTAL

0xC1, 0x81, 0x84, 0x85

0xC1, 0x81, 0x84, 0x85

20...24

active

read

AI

0x42, 0x84, 0x08, 0x05 0x82, 0x84, 0x08, 0x05

0x94

6...10

active

write

DISPLAY_ VALUE

0xA4

11

active

write

CONTROL_ BLOCK

0x20

0x20

106

Endress+Hauser

F06-53PBxxxx-20-xx-xx-xx-000

Slot 0 AI volume flow Slot 1 Totalizer 1 + Control variable (SET_TOT, MODE_TOT) Slot 2 Totalizer 2 + Control variable (SET_TOT, MODE_TOT) Slot 3 Totalizer 3 + Control variable (SET_TOT, MODE_TOT) Slot 4 AI mass flow Slot 5: Display value (DISPLAY_VALUE) Slot 6: Control block (CONTROL_BLOCK) manufacturer-specific

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

6 Commissioning

Example 2: Replacing measured variables with placeholders (EMPTY_MODULE) using the manufacturer-specific GSD file:

This form of configuration activates the volume flow, totalizer 1, display value and the manufacturer-specific control blocks. Totalizer 1 is configured without control variable. In this example it provides a measured value and cannot be controlled. It is not possible to reset or stop the totalizer.
Configuration data Byte length (Input) Byte length (Output) Data blocks Status Access type GSD block designation GSD Extended block identification 0x42, 0x84, 0x08, 0x05 GSD Standard block identification 0x94

0...4

Volume flow + Status Totalizer 1 + Status Placeholder Placeholder Placeholder Display value Control variable

active

read

AI

5...9

active

read

TOTAL.

0x41, 0x84, 0x85 0x00

0x41, 0x84, 0x85 0x00

disabled disabled disabled active

EMTPY_ MODULE EMTPY_ MODULE EMTPY_ MODULE DISPLAY_ VALUE CONTROL_ BLOCK

0x00

0x00

0x00

0x00

0...4

write

0x82, 0x84, 0x08, 0x05 0x20

0xA4

active

write

0x20

Endress+Hauser

107

F06-53PBxxxx-20-xx-xx-xx-002

Slot 0: AI volume flow Slot 1: Totalizer 1 without control variable Slot 2: Placeholder (EMPTY_MODULE) Slot 3: Placeholder (EMPTY_MODULE) Slot 4: Placeholder (EMPTY_MODULE) Slot 5: Display value (DISPLAY_VALUE) Slot 6: Control block (CONTROL_BLOCK) manufacturer-specific

6 Commissioning

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Example 3: Configuration of the measured variables without placeholders (EMPTY_MODULE) using the manufacturer-specific GSD file.

This form of configuration transfers the volume flow - totalizer 1 with control variable (SET_TOT).

Note! If no further measured variables are required, the placeholders will not have to be used. This only applies if no manufacturer-specific control blocks are used.
Configuration data Byte length (Input) Byte length (Output) Data blocks Status Access type GSD block designation GSD Extended block identification 0x42, 0x84, 0x08, 0x05 GSD Standard block identification 0x94

0...4

Volume flow + Status Totalizer 1 + Status + Control variable

active

read

AI

5...9

active

read + write

SETTOT_ TOTAL

0xC1, 0x80, 0x84, 0x85

0xC1, 0x80, 0x84, 0x85

108

Endress+Hauser

F06-53PBxxxx-20-xx-xx-xx-001

Slot 0: AI volume flow Slot 1: Totalizer 1 + Control variable (SET_TOT)

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

6 Commissioning

Example 4: Full configuration using the Profile GSD files PA039741.gsd (RS 485) and PA139741.gsd (IEC 61158-2 (MBP)):

This form of configuration transfers the volume flow - totalizer 1 and the mass flow with control variable.

Note! This GSD file contains two AI blocks and a Totalizer block. The first AI block is always assigned to the volume flow. This guarantees that the first measured variable agrees with the field equipment of other manufacturers. The second AI block can be freely selected as Promag 53 is capable of producing a calculated mass flow.
Configuration data Byte length (Input) Byte length (Output) Data blocks Status Access type GSD block designation GSD Extended block identification GSD Standard block identification 0x94

0...4

Volume flow + Status Totalizer 1 + Status + Control Mass flow + Status

active

read

AI

5...9

0...1

active

read + write

SETTOT_ MODETOT_ TOTAL AI

0xC1, 0x81, 0x84, 0x85

10...14

active read

0x94

Note! There is no difference between the block ID's of the two Profile GSD files PA039741.gsd (RS 485) and PA139741.gsd (IEC 61158-2 (MBP)). There is, however, a difference in the baud rates that are supported and the Min_Slave_Interval.

Endress+Hauser

109

F06-53PBxxxx-20-xx-xx-xx-003

Slot 0 AI volume flow Slot 2 Totalizer 1 + Control variable (SET_TOT, MODE_TOT) Slot 1 AI mass flow

6 Commissioning

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Status code The status codes which are supported by the AI blocks (Analog Input), TOT (Totalizers 1...3) and display value are listed in the following table. The coding of the status corresponds to PROFIBUS-PA Profile for Process Control Devices - General Requirements V 3.0:
Status Code 0x1C 0x1D 0x1E 0x1F 0x11 0x12 0x0C 0x0D 0x0E 0x0F 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B 0x40 0x41 0x42 0x43 0x44 0x45 0x46 0x47 0x48 0x49 0x4A 0x4B 0x4C 0x4D 0x4E 0x4F 0x50 0x51 0x52 0x53 0x60 0x61 0x62 0x63 0x80 0x81 0x82 0x83 0x84 0x85 0x86 0x87 0x8C 0x8D 0x8E 0x8F 0x88 0x89 0x8A 0x8B Meaning Device status Limits OK LOW_LIM HIG_LIM CONST LOW_LIM HIG_LIM OK LOW_LIM HIG_LIM CONST OK LOW_LIM HIG_LIM CONST OK LOW_LIM HIG_LIM CONST OK LOW_LIM HIG_LIM CONST OK LOW_LIM HIG_LIM CONST OK LOW_LIM HIG_LIM CONST OK LOW_LIM HIG_LIM CONST OK LOW_LIM HIG_LIM CONST OK LOW_LIM HIG_LIM CONST OK LOW_LIM HIG_LIM CONST OK LOW_LIM HIG_LIM CONST OK LOW_LIM HIG_LIM CONST

out of service

bad

below sensor limit sensor limit exceeded

bad bad

device failure

bad

not connected (function block not available)

bad

non-specific

uncertain

last useable value

uncertain

substitute set

uncertain

initial value (values which are not saved after the device or parameters have been reset) sensor conversion not accurate (measured value of sensor inaccurate)

uncertain

uncertain

simulated value

uncertain

measuring system OK

good

update event (change of parameters)

good

active critical alarm (critical alarm: alarm limit exceeded) active advisory alarm (warning: advance warning limit exceeded)

good

good

110

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

6 Commissioning

6.4.3

Cycle times

Measurement value processing and data communication is effected by Promag in three steps:

1. Step

2. Step Mass flow Volume flow AI-BlockAI block berechnung calculation

3. Step

Inquiry from Master

Mass flow Volume flow


Sensor signals

Signal processing

PROFIBUS Protocol chip Totalizer block calculation

Data telegram First block Second .......... block .......

1st step: Processing measurement values This involves the calculation of the primary measured variable volume flow on the basis of sensor signals. The duration of the sampling intervals will depend on the type of sensor that is being used, the nominal diameter and the energy supply (50 Hz, 60 Hz, DC). The typical processing times of Promag 53 can be found in the following table:
Sensor DN [mm] Promag W Promag P 15...50 65 80...100 125...200 250...400 450...500 600 700...750 800...900 1000...1050 1200 1350...1400 1500 1600...1700 1800 2000 2...25 40...65 80...100 50 Hz 60.0 60.0 60.0 100.0 120.0 140.0 160.0 200.0 240.0 300.0 300.0 340.0 380.0 420.0 480.0 500.0 40.0 60.0 60.0 Scan interval in [ms] 60 Hz 50.0 50.0 66.7 100.0 116.7 150.0 166.7 200.0 250.0 300.0 300.0 350.0 400.0 450.0 500.0 500.0 33.3 50.0 66.7 DC 55.0 72.5 72.5 109.0 126.6 145.0 164.0 200.0 217.0 256.0 294.0 323.0 370.0 400.0 435.0 435.0 36.0 36.0

Promag H

2nd step: AI block calculation The default values of the AI block and the totalizers are calculated on the basis of the measured variable ascertained while processing the measurement values (volume flow and calculated mass flow) and are then copied to a cyclic data telegram. The AI block calculation is effected within a period of max. 50 ms per block.

Note! Each measurement only involves the calculation of the AI blocks or totalizer blocks. This AI block or totalizer block will only be calculated if it has been activated using the configuration software (see Page 104). The deactivation of parameters which are not required in the cyclic data telegram will improve the real time performance of the flowmeter.

Endress+Hauser

111

F06-x3PBxxxx-02-xx-xx-en-000

112
Total processing time for two function blocks Volume flow Totalizer Signal processing Function block calculation Measuring value transmission to the automation control system
same value New measuring value same value New measuring value same value

6 Commissioning

Example for the timing of the block calculation and the signal processing

Promag H DN 25, 50 Hz Scanning intervall < 40 ms 2 activated blocks AI block calculation / Totalizer block calculation: 53 ms per block

Total processing time for one function block

Volume flow

Totalizer

Signal processing

Block calculation

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5

New measuring value

same value

New measuring value

ms
65 70 80 90 100 75 85 95 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 185 190 195 200 205 210 215

3rd step: PROFIBUS protocol chip The cyclic data telegram is transferred to the protocol chip and, following an inquiry from the master, is sent to the master in accordance with the data transfer rate.

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Endress+Hauser

F06-5xHPBxxx-02-xx-xx-en-000

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

6 Commissioning

6.5
6.5.1

Application-specific commissioning
Quick Setup Commissioning

If the measuring device is equipped with a local display, all device-specific parameters important for standard measuring operation can be configured easily and quickly using the Commissioning Quick Setup menu (Fig. 53). The individual parameters and functions must be configured via the configuration program, e.g. Commuwin II, on measuring devices which do not have a local display.

ENDRESS+HAUSER

+ +

Quick Setup

E +

QS 1002 Commission Language


2000

ESC

HOME-POSITION

Defaults Selection System units Volume


0402 Unit Volume Flow

Mass Unit 0420 Density Value 0700 Density


0400 Unit Mass flow

Quit

Configure another unit?

YES

NO

Autom. Configuration of Display?

YES

NO

Automatic parameterization of the display

Fig. 53:

Quick Setup Commissioning (only with local display)

Endress+Hauser

113

F06-53PBxxxx-19-xx-xx-de-001

6 Commissioning

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

6.5.2

Empty-pipe/full-pipe calibration

Flow cannot be measured correctly unless the measuring tube is completely full. This status can be permanently monitored using the Empty Pipe Detection: EPD = Empty Pipe Detection (with the help of an EPD electrode) OED = Open Electrode Detection (Empty Pipe Detection with the help of the measuring electrodes, if the sensor is not equipped with an EPD electrode or the orientation is not suitable for using EPD).

"
!

Caution! A detailed description and other helpful hints for the empty-pipe/full-pipe adjustment procedure can be found in the separate Description of Device Functions Manual: EPD/OED ADJUSTMENT (6481) Carrying out the adjustment. EPD (6420) Switching on and off EPD/OED. EPD RESPONSE TIME (6425) Input of the response time for EPD/OED. Note! These settings can also be made in accordance with the manufacturer's specific matrix using Commuwin II. The EPD function is not available unless the sensor is fitted with an EPD electrode. The devices are already calibrated at the factory with water (approx. 500 S/cm). If the fluid conductivity differs from this reference, empty-pipe/full-pipe adjustment has to be performed again on site. The default setting for EPD/OED when the devices are delivered is OFF; the function has to be activated if required. The EPD/OED process error can be output by means of the configurable relay outputs. Performing empty-pipe and full-pipe adjustment (EPD/OED) (Display

k)

1.

2.

3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Select the appropriate function in the function matrix: HOME F R BASIC FUNCTIONS F R PROCESSPARAMETER F R ADJUSTMENT F EPD/OED ADJUSTMENT Empty the piping. In case of an EPD adjustment, the wall of the measuring tube should be wetted with fluid for the adjustment procedure but this is not the case with an OED adjustment! Start empty-pipe adjustment: Select EMPTY PIPE ADJUST or OED EMPTY ADJUST and press F to confirm. After empty-pipe adjustment, fill the piping with fluid. Start full-pipe adjustment: Select FULL PIPE ADJUST or OED FULL ADJUST and press F to confirm. Having completed the adjustment, select the setting OFF and exit the function by pressing F . Now select the EPD function (6420). Switch on Empty Pipe Detection by selecting the following settings: EPD Select ON STANDARD or ON SPECIAL and press F to confirm. OED Select OED and confirm with F .

"

Caution! The adjustment coefficients must be valid before you can activate the EPD/OED function. If adjustment is incorrect the following messages might appear on the display: FULL = EMPTY The adjustment values for empty pipe and full pipe are identical. In cases of this nature you must repeat empty-pipe or full-pipe adjustment! ADJUSTMENT NOT OK Adjustment is not possible because the fluids conductivity is out of range.

114

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

6 Commissioning

6.6

Data storage device (DAT)

S-DAT (Sensor-DAT) The S-DAT is an exchangeable data storage device in which all sensor relevant parameters are stored, i.e., diameter, serial number, calibration factor, zero point. T-DAT (Transmitter-DAT) The T-DAT is an exchangeable data storage device in which all transmitter parameters and settings are stored. Storing of specific parameter settings from the EEPROM to the T-DAT and vice versa has to be carried out by the user (= manual save function). Detailed instructions regarding this can be found in the handbook Description of Device Functions (function T-DAT SAVE/LOAD, No. 1009).

Endress+Hauser

115

6 Commissioning

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

116

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

7 Maintenance

Maintenance

The Promag 53 flow measuring system requires no special maintenance. Exterior cleaning When cleaning the exterior of flowmeters, always use cleaning agents that do not attack the surface of the housing and the seals. Seals The seals of the Promag H sensor must be replaced periodically, particularly in the case of gasket seals (aseptic version). The period between changes depends on the frequency of cleaning cycles, the cleaning temperature and the fluid temperature. Replacement seals (accessories) Page 119

Endress+Hauser

117

7 Maintenance

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

118

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

8 Accessories

Accessories

Various accessories, which can be ordered separately from Endress+Hauser, are available for the transmitter and the sensor. The E+H service organisation can provide detailed information on the order codes of your choice.

Accessory

Description

Ordering code 53XXX XXXXX * * * * * * * *

Transmitter Promag 53

Transmitter for replacement or for stock. Use the order code to define the following specifications: Approvals Degree of protection / version Cable type for the remote version Cable entries Display / operation Software Mounting kit for remote version. Suitable for: Wall mounting Post mounting Installation in control panel Mounting set for aluminium housings. Suitable for pipe mounting.

Mounting kit for transmitter

DK5WM *

Cable for remote version

Coil and signal cables, various lengths. Reinforced cable on request. Set consists of two grounding cables.

DK5CA

**

Grounding cable for Promag W/P Grounding disk for Promag W, P Mounting kit for Promag H

DK5GC * * *

Grounding disk for potential equalisation

DK5GD * * * * DKH * * * * * *

Mounting kit for Promag H, comprising: 2 process connections (see Page 170 ff.) Threaded fasteners Seals Adapter connections for installing Promag 53 H instead of a Promag 30/33 A or Promag 30/33 H / DN 25. If the process connections are made of PVC or PVDF, ground rings are necessary to ensure that potential is matched. Set of ground rings, comprising: 2 ground rings 2 seals For regular replacement of the seals of the Promag H sensor. Wall-mounting kit for the Promag H sensor

Adapter connection for Promag A/H

DK5HA * * * * * *

Ground rings for Promag H

DK5HR * * * *

Set of seals for Promag H Wall mounting kit for Promag H Welding jig for Promag H

DK5HS * * * DK5HM * * DK5HW * * *

Weld nipple as process connection: welding jig for installation in pipe.

Endress+Hauser

119

8 Accessories

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Accessory

Description

Ordering code DKA80 *

Applicator

Software for selecting and configuring flowmeters. Applicator can be downloaded from the Internet or ordered on CD-ROM for installation on a local PC. Contact your E+H representative for more information.

ToF Tool-FieldTool Package

Modular software package consisting of the "ToF Tool" service program for configuring and diagnosing ToF level transmitters (timeof-flight measurement) and the "FieldTool" service program for configuring and diagnosing PROline flowmeters. The PROline flowmeters are accessed via a service interface or via the FXA 193 service interface. Contents of the "ToF Tool-FieldTool Package" Commissioning, maintenance analysis Measuring device configuration Service functions Visualisation of process data Trouble-shooting Controlling the FieldCheck tester/simulator Contact your E+H representative for more information.

DXS10 * * * * *

FieldCheck

Tester/simulator for testing flowmeters in the field. When used in conjunction with the FieldTool software package, test results can be imported into a database, printed and used for official certification. Contact your E+H representative for more information.

DXC10 * *

120

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

9 Trouble-shooting

9
9.1

Trouble-shooting
Trouble-shooting instructions

Always start trouble-shooting with the checklist below, if faults occur after start-up or during operation. The routine takes you directly to the cause of the problem and the appropriate remedial measures.

"

Caution! In the event of a serious fault, a flowmeter might have to be returned to the manufacturer for repair. The procedures on Page 8 must be carried out before you return a device to Endress+Hauser. Always enclose a duly completed Safety regulation form. You will find a preprinted form at the back of this manual.

Check the display


No display visible and no output signals present. 1. Check the power supply terminals 1, 2 2. Check device fuse Page 136 85...260 V AC: 0.8 A slow-blow / 250 V 20...55 V AC and 16...62 V DC: 2 A slow-blow / 250 V 3. Measuring electronics defective order spare parts

Page 131

No display visible, but output signals are present.

1. Check whether the ribbon-cable connector of the display module is correctly plugged into the amplifier board Page 133, 135 2. Display module defective order spare parts Page 131 3. Measuring electronics defective order spare parts Page 131 Switch off power supply. Press and hold down both the OS buttons and switch on the measuring device. The display text will appear in English (default) and is displayed at maximum contrast.

Display texts are in a foreign language.

Error messages on display


Errors which occur during commissioning or measuring operation are displayed immediately. Error messages consist of a variety of icons. The meanings of these icons are as follows: Error type: S = system error, P = process error Error message type: $ = fault message, ! = notice message PARTIALLY FILLED PIPE = error designation (e.g. measuring tube is only partly filled) 03:00:05 = duration of error occurrence (in hours, minutes and seconds) #401 = error number

"

Caution! See the information on Page 73 ff.! Simulations and positive zero return are interpreted by the measuring system as being system errorsbut are only displayed as notice messages.

Error number: No. 001 399 No. 501 699 Error number: Nr. 401 499

System error (device failure) has occurred

Page 123 ff.

Process error (application error) has occurred

Page 127 ff.

Endress+Hauser

121

9 Trouble-shooting

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Faulty connection to control system


No connection can be made between the control system and the device. Check the following points: Supply voltage Transmitter Check the supply voltage

terminals 1/2

Device fuse

Check device fuse Page 136 85...260 V AC: 0.8 A slow-blow / 250 V 20...55 V AC and 16...62 V DC: 2 A slow-blow / 250 V PROFIBUS-DP: Check the data lines: A = terminal 26, B = terminal 27 Check pin assignment/wiring Page 66 Check connection between connector/fieldbus port. Is the coupling ring tightened correctly? Check that a min. bus voltage of 9 V DC is present at terminals 26/27. Permissible range: 9 ... 32 V DC Check permissible fieldbus length and number of spurs Page 48 Is there a basic current of min. 11 mA?

Fieldbus connection

Field bus connector (only for PROFIBUS-PA, option) Field bus voltage (only for PROFIBUS-PA) Network structure

Base current (only for PROFIBUS-PA) Bus address Terminators

Check bus address: make certain that there are no double assignments! Has the PROFIBUS network been terminated correctly? Each bus segment must always be terminated with a bus terminator at both ends (start and finish). Otherwise interference may affect communication. Check the current consumption of the bus segment: The current consumption of the bus segment in question (= total of basic currents of all fieldbus stations) must not exceed the max. permissible feed current of the fieldbus power supply.

Current consumption Permissible feed current (only for PROFIBUS-PA)

System or process error messages


System or process errors which occur during commissioning or during a measuring operation can also be displayed in the manufacturer-specific device controls using the Commuwin II Operating Program Page 123

Other error (without error message)


Some other error has occurred. Diagnosis and rectification

Page 130

122

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

9 Trouble-shooting

9.2

System and process error messages

General notes System and process errors are permanently assigned to two different error message types and are thus given different priorities: Error message type Fault message: This signal will cause the measurement operation to be immediately interrupted or stopped! Presentation on the PROFIBUS Fault signals will be reported to the next function block or the control system by setting the status of the corresponding process value to BAD. Local display A blinking lightning bolt ($) will appear. Error message type Notice message: The measurement operation will continue as usual in spite of this message! Presentation on the PROFIBUS Notice messages will be reported to the next function block or the control system by setting the status of the corresponding process value to UNCERTAIN. Local display A blinking exclamation point (!) will appear. Serious system errors, e.g. a fault in the electronic module, are always evaluated by the instrument as a fault signal and will be displayed! Simulations and the suppression of the measured value are only reported with a Notice message. Error messages in the configuration program (Class 2 Master) see Table In the Promag 53 system/process errors are recognised and reported in the Transducer Block and Analog Input Block. The following table contains a listing of the device status messages for the Analog Input blocks (PROFIBUS-Profile 3.0) and a description of the device status messages which may appear on the display (Measured value Q = Measurement Quality). Error messages on the local display see Table
Device status message Diagnosis message (Control system) ROM / RAM failure Device status message (Display) No. Initial status Analog Input Block/ Totalizer Block Measured value Q / Substatus/ alarm limit BAD 0x0F constant Cause/remedy

S CRITICAL FAILURE # 001

device failure

Cause: System error. ROM / RAM error. Error when accessing the program memory (ROM) or random access memory (RAM) of the processor. Remedy: Replace the amplifier board. Spare parts Page 131

Amplifier EEPROM failure

S AMP HW EEPROM # 011

11

device failure

BAD 0x0F constant

Cause: System error. Measuring amplifier has faulty EEPROM Remedy: Replace the amplifier board. Spare parts Page 131

Endress+Hauser

123

9 Trouble-shooting

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Device status message Diagnosis message (Control system) Amplifier EEPROM data inconsistent

Device status message (Display)

No.

Initial status Analog Input Block/ Totalizer Block

Measured value Q / Substatus/ alarm limit BAD 0x0F constant

Cause/remedy

S MP SW-EEPROM $ # 012

12

device failure

Cause: System error. Error when accessing data of the measuring amplifier EEPROM Remedy: Execute a warm start (= start up the measuring system without network interruption). PROFIBUS (Commuwin II): Manufacturer-specific transducer block Service & Analysis (V0H2) Local display: SUPERVISION SYSTEM OPERATION SYSTEM RESET ( RESTART SYSTEM)

Note! The measuring device must be restarted after fault elimination. Cause: System error 1. S-DAT is defective. 2. S-DAT is not plugged into amplifier board (missing)

S-DAT failure / S-DAT not inserted

S SENSOR HW DAT # 031

31

sensor failure

BAD 0x10 no limits

Remedy: 1. Replace the S-DAT. Spare parts Page 131 Check the spare part set number to ensure that the new, replacement DAT is compatible with the measuring electronics. 2. Plug S-DAT into amplifier board Page 133, 135 S-DAT data inconsistent S SENSOR SW DAT # 032 32 sensor failure BAD 0x10 no limits Cause: System error. Error accessing the calibration values stored in the SDAT. Remedy: 1. Check whether the S-DAT is correctly plugged into the amplifier board Page 133, 135 2. Replace the S-DAT if it is defective. Spare parts Page 131 Check the spare part set number to ensure that the new, replacement DAT is compatible with the measuring electronics. 3. Replace measuring electronics boards if necessary. Spare parts Page 131

124

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

9 Trouble-shooting

Device status message Diagnosis message (Control system) T-DAT failure

Device status message (Display)

No.

Initial status Analog Input Block/ Totalizer Block

Measured value Q / Substatus/ alarm limit BAD 0x0F constant

Cause/remedy

S TRANSM. HW DAT # 041

41

device failure

Cause: System error 1. T-DAT is faulty 2. T-DAT is not plugged into I/O board (missing). Remedy: 1. Replace the T-DAT. Spare parts Page 131 Check the spare part set number to ensure that the new, replacement DAT is compatible with the measuring electronics. 2. Plug T-DAT into I/O-board Page 133, 135

T-DAT data inconsistent

S TRANSM. SW DAT # 042

42

device failure

BAD 0x0F constant

Cause: System error. Error accessing the calibration values stored in the TDAT. Remedy: 1. Check whether the T-DAT is correctly plugged into the I/O board Page 133, 135 2. Replace T-DAT if faulty. Spare parts Page 131 Check the spare part set number to ensure that the new, replacement DAT is compatible with the measuring electronics. 3. Replace measuring electronics boards if necessary. Spare parts Page 131

Compatibility Amp. I/O Mod.

V / K COMPATIB. # 051

51

device failure

BAD 0x0F constant

Cause: The I/O board and the amplifier board are not compatible. Remedy Use only compatible assemblies and boards. Check the compatibility of the assemblies used. Check the: Spare part set number Hardware revision code

F-CHIP failure

HW F-CHIP # 061

61

device failure

BAD 0x0F constant

Cause: F-Chip amplifier 1. F-Chip defective 2. F-Chip is not plugged into the I/ O board (missing). Behebung 1. Replace the F-Chip . Spare parts 2. Plug F-Chip into the I/O board

Endress+Hauser

125

9 Trouble-shooting

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Device status message Diagnosis message (Control system) TOT could not be restarted

Device status message (Display)

No.

Initial status Analog Input Block/ Totalizer Block

Measured value Q / Substatus/ alarm limit BAD 0x0F constant

Cause/remedy

S CHEKSUM. TOTAL. $ # 111

111

device failure

Cause: System error. Totalizer checksum error Remedy: 1. Restart the device 2. Replace the amplifier board if necessary. Spare parts Page 131

Amplifier and I/O board only partially compatible

S V / K KOMPATIB. # 121

121

device failure

BAD 0x0F constant

Cause: System error. Due to different software versions, I/O board and amplifier board are only partially compatible (possibly restricted functionality).

Note: This message is only listed in the error history. Nothing is displayed on the display. Remedy: Module with lower software version has either to be actualizied by ToF Tool-FieldTool Package with the required software version or the module has to be replaced. Spare parts Page 131

Save to T-DAT failed

S LOAD T-DAT ! # 205

205

device failure

BAD 0x0F constant

Cause: System error. Data backup to T-DAT failed, or error when accessing the calibration values stored in the T-DAT. Remedy: 1. Check whether the T-DAT is correctly plugged into the I/O board Page 133, 135 2. Replace T-DAT if faulty. Spare parts Page 131 Check the spare part set number to ensure that the new, replacement DAT is compatible with the measuring electronics. 3. Replace measuring electronics boards if necessary. Spare parts Page 131

126

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

9 Trouble-shooting

Device status message Diagnosis message (Control system) Restore from T-DAT failed

Device status message (Display)

No.

Initial status Analog Input Block/ Totalizer Block

Measured value Q / Substatus/ alarm limit BAD 0x0F constant

Cause/remedy

S SAVE T-DAT ! # 206

206

device failure

Cause: System error. Data backup to TDAT failed, or error when accessing the calibration values stored in the T-DAT. Remedy: 1. Check whether the T-DAT is correctly plugged into the I/O-board Page 133, 135 2. Replace T-DAT if faulty. Spare parts Page 131 Check the spare part set number to ensure that the new, replacement DAT is compatible with the measuring electronics. 3. Replace measuring electronics boards if necessary. Spare parts Page 131

Communication failure

S COMMUNICAT. I/O # 261

261

no communication

BAD 0x18 no limits

Cause: System error. Communication error. No data reception between amplifier and I/O board or faulty internal data transfer. Remedy: Check, whether the electronics boards are correctly inserted in their holders Page 133, 135

Coil Current out of tolerance

S TOL. COIL CURR. # 321

321

device failure

BAD 0x0F constant

Cause: System error. The coil current of the sensor is outside the tolerance. Remedy: 1. Switch off the power supply and check the connectors of the coil cable Page 133, 135 2. Replace measuring electronics boards if necessary. Spare parts Page 131

Empty Pipe detected

P EMPTY PIPE ! # 401

401

sensor conversion not accurate (measured value from sensor not accurate)

UNCERTAIN 0x50 no limits

Cause: Process error. Alarm by Empty Pipe Detection (EPD). Measuring tube partially filled or empty. Remedy: Check the process conditions of the plant Fill the measuring tube

EPD adjustment not possible

P EPD ADJ.N.OK ! # 461

461

non-specific

UNCERTAIN 0x40 no limits

Cause: Process error. EPD calibration not possible because the fluid's conductivity is either too low or too high. Remedy: The EPD function cannot be used with fluids of this nature.

Endress+Hauser

127

9 Trouble-shooting

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Device status message Diagnosis message (Control system) EPD adjustment wrong

Device status message (Display)

No.

Initial status Analog Input Block/ Totalizer Block

Measured value Q / Substatus/ alarm limit UNCERTAIN 0x40 no limits

Cause/remedy

P EPD FULL=EMPTY # 463

463

non specific

Cause: Process error. The EPD calibration values for empty pipe and full pipe are identical, therefore incorrect. Remedy: Repeat EPD calibration, making sure procedure is correct Page 114

New amplifier software loaded

S SW.-UPDATE ACT. ! # 501

501

substitute set (Replacement value of the Failsafe status)

UNCERTAIN 0x48 no limits

Cause: New amplifier or communication (I/O module) software version is loaded. Currently no other functions are possible. Remedy: Wait until process is finished. Then restart the device.

Up-/Download device data active

S UP-/DOWNLO. ACT. ! # 502

502

substitute set (Replacement value of the Failsafe status)

UNCERTAIN 0x48 no limits

Cause: Up- or downloading the device data via configuration program. Currently no other functions are possible. Remedy: Wait until process is finished.

Positive zero return active

S POS.ZERO-RET. ! # 601

601

sensor conversion not accurate (measured value from sensor not accurate)

UNCERTAIN 0x53 constant

Cause: System error Positive zero return is activated Remedy: Switch off positive zero return PROFIBUS (Commuwin II): Manufacturer-specific transducer block Device matrix (V8H4) Local display: BASIC FUNCTION SYSTEM PARAMETER CONFIGURATION POSITIVE ZERO RETURN ( OFF)

Simulation failsafe active

S SIM. FAILSAFE ! # 691

691

substitute set

UNCERTAIN 0x48...0x4B low/high constant

Cause: System error Simulation of response to error is active Remedy: Switch off simulation PROFIBUS (Commuwin II): Manufacturer-specific transducer block Service & Analysis (V4H2) Local display: SUPERVISION SYSTEM OPERATION SIM. FAILSAFE MODE ( OFF)

128

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

9 Trouble-shooting

Device status message Diagnosis message (Control system) Simulation Volume flow active

Device status message (Display)

No.

Initial status Analog Input Block/ Totalizer Block

Measured value Q / Substatus/ alarm limit UNCERTAIN 0x60...0x63 low/high constant

Cause/remedy

S SIM. MEASURAND ! # 692

692

simulated value (manually defined value)

Cause: System error Simulation is active Remedy: Switch off simulation PROFIBUS (Commuwin II): Manufacturer-specific transducer block Service & Analysis (V4H0) Local display: SUPERVISION SYSTEM OPERATION SIM. MEASURED VARIABLE ( OFF)

Device test via FieldCheck active

S FIELD CHECK AKT. ! # 698

698

simulated value

UNCERTAIN 0x60...0x63 low/high constant

Cause: The measuring device is being checked on site via the test and simulation device. Remedy: -

Endress+Hauser

129

9 Trouble-shooting

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

9.3

Process errors without messages


Rectification

Symptoms

Remark: You may have to change or correct certain settings in parameters in order to rectify the fault. The following parameters are described in detail in the Description of Device Functions manual. Flow values are negative, even though the fluid is flowing forwards through the pipe. Measured value reading fluctuates even though flow is steady. 1. In case of remote version: Switch off power supply and check wiring Page 52 ff. If necessary, swap the connections for terminals 41 and 42 2. Alter setting in INSTALLATION DIR. SENSOR function accordingly 1. 2. 3. 4. Check grounding and potential equalisation Page 62 ff. Check whether gas bubbles are present in the medium "TIME CONSTANT" function -> increase value "DISPLAY DAMPING" function -> increase value

Measured value reading or measuring value output pulsates or fluctuates, e.g. because of reciprocating pump, peristaltic pump, diaphragm pump or pump with similar delivery characteristic.

Increase the system damping value: PROFIBUS (Commuwin II): Manufacturer-specific transducer block Device matrix SYSTEM DAMPING (V8H2) Analog Input function block RISING TIME (V1H8) Local display: BASIC FUNCTIONS SYSTEM PARAMETERS CONFIGURATION SYSTEM DAMPING If these measures do not help, a pulsation damper must be installed between the pump and the flowmeter.

Will a slight flow be displayed even though the fluid is at a standstill and the measuring tube is full?

1. Check grounding and potential equalisation Page 62 ff. 2. Check the fluid for presence of gas bubbles. 3. Enter a value for the low flow cutoff or increase this value: PROFIBUS (Commuwin II): manufacturer-specific transducer block Device matrix ON VALUE LOW FLOW CUTOFF (V3H1) Local display: BASIC FUNCTIONS PROCESS PARAMETERS CONFIGURATION ON VALUE LOW FLOW CUTOFF 1. Perform empty-pipe/full-pipe calibration and then switch on Empty Pipe Detection Page 114 2. Remote version: check the terminal connection of the EPD cable Page 49 ff. 3. Fill the measuring tube. The following options are available for tackling problems of this nature: Request the services of an E+H service technician If you contact our service organisation to have a service technician sent out, please be ready with the following information: Brief description of the fault Nameplate specifications (Page 9 ff.): Order code and serial number Returning devices to E+H The procedures on Page 8 must be carried out before you return a flowmeter requiring repair or calibration to Endress+Hauser. Always enclose a duly completed Safety regulation form with the device. You will find a preprinted Safety regulation form at the back of this manual. Replace transmitter electronics Components in the measuring electronics defective order replacement Page 131

Will a measured value be displayed even though measuring tube is empty?

The fault cannot be rectified or some other fault not described above has occurred. In these instances, please contact your E+H service organisation.

130

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

9 Trouble-shooting

"

9.4

Spare parts

Chap. 9.1 contains a detailed trouble-shooting guide. The measuring device, moreover, provides additional support in the form of continuous self-diagnosis and error messages. Fault rectification can entail replacing defective components with tested spare parts. The illustration below shows the available scope of spare parts. Note! You can order spare parts directly from your E+H service organisation by providing the serial number printed on the nameplates (Page 9 ff.). Spare parts are shipped as sets comprising the following parts: Spare part Additional parts, small items (fasteners, etc.) Mounting instructions Packaging

3 5

6 4
F06-53xPBxxx-03-06-06-xx-000

Fig. 54: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Spare parts for Promag 53 transmitter (field and wall-mount housings)

Power supply board Amplifier board I/O board (Type PROFIBUS-DP/-PA) S-DAT (sensor data memory) T-DAT (transmitter data memory) Display module Fieldbus connectors comprising protective cap, connector, adapter PG 13.5/M20.5 (only for PROFIBUS-PA, Order no. 50098037)

Endress+Hauser

131

9 Trouble-shooting

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

9.5

Removing and installing printed circuit boards

Field housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards (Fig. 55)

Warning! Risk of electric shock! Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the power supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment. Risk of damaging electronic components (ESD protection). Static electricity can damage electronic components or impair their operability. Use a workplace with a grounded working surface purposely built for electrostatically sensitive devices! If you cannot guarantee that the dielectric strength of the device is maintained in the following steps, then an appropriate inspection must be carried out in accordance with the manufacturers specifications.

1. 2.

3. 4.

5.

6.

Remove the cover of the electronics compartment. Remove the local display (1) as follows: Press in the latches (1.1) at the side and remove the display module. Disconnect the ribbon cable (1.2) of the display module from the amplifier board. Remove the screws and remove the cover (2) from the electronics compartment. Remove power supply board and I/O board (4, 6): Insert a thin pin into the hole (3) provided for the purpose and pull the board clear of its holder. Remove amplifier board (5): Disconnect the plug of the sensor signal cable (5.1) including S-DAT (5.3) from the board. Disconnect the plug of the coil current cable (5.2) from the board. Insert a thin pin into the hole (3) provided for the purpose and pull the board clear of its holder. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.

"

Caution! Use only original Endress+Hauser parts.

132

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

9 Trouble-shooting

5 3 5.1 6

5.3 5.4 5.2

3 3

1.2

2 1
F06-53xPBxxx-03-06-06-xx-001

1.1

Fig. 55: 1 1.1 1.2 2 3 4 5 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 6

Field housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards

Local display Latch Ribbon cable (display module) Screws of electronics compartment cover Aperture for installing/removing boards Power supply board Amplifier board Signal cable (sensor) Coil current cable (sensor) S-DAT (sensor data memory) T-DAT (transmitter data memory) I/O board (Type PROFIBUS-DP/-PA)

Endress+Hauser

133

9 Trouble-shooting

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Wall-mounted housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards (Fig. 56)

Warning! Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the power supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment. Risk of damaging electronic components (ESD protection). Static electricity can damage electronic components or impair their operability. Use a workplace with a grounded working surface, purposely built for electrostatically sensitive devices! If you cannot guarantee that the dielectric strength of the device is maintained in the following steps, then an appropriate inspection must be carried out in accordance with the manufacturers specifications. 1. 2. 3. Remove the screws and open the hinged cover (1) of the housing. Remove the screws securing the electronics module (2). Then push up electronics module and pull it as far as possible out of the wall-mounted housing. Disconnect the following cable plugs from amplifier board (7): Unplug sensor signal cable (7.1) including S-DAT (7.3) Unplug coil current cable (7.2) Unplug ribbon cable (3) of the display module Remove the screws and remove the cover (4) from the electronics compartment. Extension of boards (6, 7, 8): Insert a thin pin into the hole (5) provided for the purpose and pull the board clear of its holder. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.

4. 5.

6.

"

Caution! Use only original Endress+Hauser parts.

134

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

9 Trouble-shooting

2 6 4

3 7 5 7.1 8

7.3 7.4 7.2

5 5

Fig. 56: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 8

Wall-mounted housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards

Housing cover Electronics module Ribbon cable (display module) Screws of electronics compartment cover Aperture for installing/removing boards Power supply board Amplifier board Signal cable (sensor) Coil current cable (sensor) S-DAT (sensor data memory) T-DAT (transmitter data memory) I/O board (Type PROFIBUS-DP/-PA)

Endress+Hauser

135

F06-53xPBxxx-03-03-06-xx-000

9 Trouble-shooting

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

9.6

Replacing the device fuse

Warning! Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the power supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment. The main fuse is on the power supply board (Fig. 57). The procedure for replacing the fuse is as follows: 1. 2. 3. Switch off power supply. Remove the power supply board Page 132, 134 Remove cap (1) and replace the device fuse (2). Use only fuses of the following type: Power supply 20...55 V AC / 16...62 V DC 2.0 A slow-blow / 250 V; 5.2 x 20 mm Power supply 85...260 V AC 0.8 A slow-blow / 250 V; 5.2 x 20 mm Ex-rated devices see the Ex documentation. Assembly is the reverse of the disassembly procedure.

4.

"

Caution! Use only original Endress+Hauser parts.

Fig. 57: 1 2

Replacing the device fuse on the power supply board

Protective cap Device fuse

136

Endress+Hauser

F-06xxxxxx-03-xx-06-xx-000

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

9 Trouble-shooting

9.7

Replacing exchangeable measuring electrodes

The Promag W sensor (DN 350...2000) is available with exchangeable measuring electrodes as an option. This design permits the measuring electrodes to be replaced or cleaned under process conditions (see Page 138).

Fig. 58: a b c d e f g h i j k

Apparatus for replacing exchangeable measuring electrodes (Replacing Page 138)

Allen screw Handle Electrode cable Knurled nut (locknut) Measuring electrode Stop cock Retaining cylinder Locking pin (for handle) Ball valve housing Seal (retaining cylinder) Coil spring

Endress+Hauser

137

F06-5xWxxxxx-00-05-xx-xx-000

9 Trouble-shooting

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Removing the electrode 1 Loosen Allen screw (a) and remove the cover.

Installing the electrode 1 Insert new electrode (e) into retaining cylinder (g) from below. Make sure that the seals at the tip of the electrode are clean. Mount handle (b) on the electrode and insert locking pin (h) to secure it in position.

Remove electrode cable (c) secured to handle (b).

"
2 Loosen knurled nut (d) by hand. This knurled nut acts as a locknut. 2

Caution! Make sure that coil spring (k) is inserted. This is essential to ensure correct electrical contact and correct measuring signals.

Pull the electrode back until the tip of the electrode no longer protrudes from retaining cylinder (g). Screw the retaining cylinder (g) onto ballvalve housing (i) and tighten it by hand. Seal (j) on the cylinder must be correctly seated and clean.

Remove electrode (e) by turning handle (b). The electrode can now be pulled out of retaining cylinder (g) as far as a defined stop.

Warning! Risk of injury! Under process conditions (pressure in the piping system) the electrode can recoil suddenly against its stop. Apply counter-pressure while releasing the electrode. Close stop cock (f) after pulling out the electrode as far as it will go. 4

Note! Make sure that the rubber hoses on retaining cylinder (g) and stop cock (f) are of the same color (red or blue).

Open stop cock (f) and turn handle (b) to screw the electrode all the way into the retaining cylinder.

#
5

Warning! Do not subsequently open the stop cock, in order to prevent fluid escaping. 5 Screw knurled nut (d) onto the retaining cylinder. This firmly locates the electrode in position. Use the Allen screw to secure electrode cable (c) to handle (b).

Remove the electrode complete with retaining cylinder (g).

Remove handle (b) from electrode (e) by pressing out locking pin (h). Take care not to lose coil spring (k).

"
7 Remove the old electrode and insert the new electrode. Replacement electrodes can be ordered separately from E+H. 7

Caution! Make sure that the machine screw securing the electrode cable is firmly tightened. This is essential to ensure correct electrical contact and correct measuring signals.

Reinstall the cover and tighten (a) Allen screw.

138

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

9 Trouble-shooting

9.8

Software history
Changes to software Changes to documentation

Software version / date Amplifier V 1.00.00 / 04.2000 V 1.01.00 / 08.2000

Original software. Software expansion (functional adaptations) Software adaptation Software expansion: New functionalities Software adaptation / software expansion Software expansion: New / revised functionalities

none

V 1.01.01 / 09.2000 V 1.02.00 / 06.2001

none


Device functions in general Language groups Adjustable backlight (display) Operation hours counter Counter for access code Upload /Download with ToF Tool-FieldTool Package

V 1.04.00 / 08.2002

V 1.06.00 / 10.2003

Can be operated via service protocol:

ToF Tool-FieldTool package vailid as of software version 1.03.00 (the latest SW version can be downloaded under: www.tof-fieldtool.endress.com

I/O board, communication module (inputs/outputs) V 1.01.00 / 07.2001 V 2.00.01 / 03.2002 Original software Software expansion: The communication software can be updated via the service protocol Diagnostic data length in cyclic data exchange adapted. Note for replacing device: From this software version onwards, a new GSD file must be used when replacing the device. V 2.02.xx / 12.2002 V 2.03.xx / 10.2002 Software adaptation Software expansion: New error messages Support for compatibility with PROFIBUS forerunner model Promag 33 with profile version 2.0 SIL2 supported The totalizer values are also updated without integration in cyclic data exchange Commuwin II, version 2.08-1 and higher (update C)

V 2.01.00 / 09.2002

Software expansion:

PROFIBUS operation via:

Endress+Hauser

139

9 Trouble-shooting

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

140

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10 Technical data

10
10.1

Technical data
Technical data at a glance
Application

Application

Measuring the flow rate of fluids in closed piping systems. A minimum conductivity of 5 S/cm is required for measuring; the minimum conductivity required in the case of demineralised water is 20 S/cm. Applications in measuring, control and regulation technology for monitoring processes, filling and batching operations. Liner specific applications: Promag W (DN 25...2000): Polyurethane lining for applications with cold water and for slightly abrasive fluids. Hard rubber lining for all applications with water (especially for trinking water) Promag P (DN 15...600): PTFE lining for standard applications in chemical and process industries. PFA lining for all applications in chemical and process industries; especially for high process temperatures and applications with temperature shocks. Promag H (DN 2...100): PFA lining for all applications in chemical, process and food industries; especially for high process temperatures, for applications with temperature shocks and for applications with CIP or SIP cleaning processes.

Function and system design


Measuring principle Measuring system Electromagnetic flow measurement on the basis of Faradays Law. The measuring system consists of a transmitter and a sensor. Two versions are available: Compact version transmitter and sensor form a single mechanical unit Remote version transmitter and sensor are installed separately Transmitter Promag 53 (Type PROFIBUS-DP/-PA) Sensor Promag W Promag P Promag H

Input
Measured variable Measuring range Operable flow range Flow rate (proportional to induced voltage) Typically v = 0.01...10 m/s with the specified measuring accuracy Over 1000 : 1

Output
Output signal PROFIBUS-DP/-PA interface: PROFIBUS-DP/-PA in acc. with EN 50170 Volume 2, IEC 61158-2 (MBP), Profile Version 3.0 galvanically insulated PROFIBUS-DP/-PA interface: Status and alarm messages in acc. with PROFIBUS-PA Profile Version 3.0

Signal on alarm

Endress+Hauser

141

10 Technical data

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Current consumption Permissible fieldbus voltage FDE (Fault Disconnection Electronic) Data transfer rate

11 mA 9...32 V, not intrinsically safe

0 mA

PROFIBUS-PA: supported baud rate = 31.25 kBaud PROFIBUS-DP: supported baud rate = 9.6 kBaud...12 MBaud PROFIBUS-PA: Manchester II PROFIBUS-DP: NRZ Code

Signal coding

Power supply
Electrical connection Potential equalisation Cable entries see Page 47 ff. see Page 62 ff. Power supply and signal cables (inputs/outputs): Cable entry M20 x 1.5 (8...12 mm) Threads for cable entries PG 13.5 (5...15 mm), 1/2" NPT, G 1/2" Connecting cable for remote version: Cable entry M20 x 1.5 (8...12 mm) Threads for cable entries PG 13.5 (5...15 mm), 1/2" NPT, G 1/2" Cable specifications PROFIBUS-DP Page 47 PROFIBUS-PA Page 50 Remote Version Page 56 85...260 V AC, 45...65 Hz 20...55 V AC, 45...65 Hz 16...62 V DC AC: <15 VA (including sensor) DC: <15 W (including sensor) Switch-on current max. 13.5 A (< 50 ms) at 24 V DC max. 3 A (< 5 ms) at 260 V AC Power supply failure Lasting min. 1 power cycle EEPROM or T-DAT saves measuring system data if power supply fails S-DAT: exchangeable data storage chip which stores the data of the sensor: nominal diameter, serial number, calibration factor, zero point, etc.

Supply voltage

Power consumption

Performance characteristics
Reference operating conditions To DIN 19200 and VDI/VDE 2641: Fluid temperature: +28 C 2 K Ambient temperature: +22 C 2 K Warm-up time: 30 minutes Installation: Inlet run >10 x DN Outlet run > 5 x DN Sensor and transmitter grounded. Sensor centered relative to the pipe.

142

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10 Technical data

Maximum measured error

0.2% o.r. 2 mm/s (o.r. = of reading) Supply-voltage fluctuations have no effect within the specified range.

Max. measured error in [%] of reading Repeatability 0.1% o.r. 0.5 mm/s (o.r. = of reading)

Operating conditions
Installation Installation instructions Any orientation (vertical, horizontal) Restrictions and additional installation instructions Inlet run: typically 5 x DN Outlet run: typically 2 x DN

Page 15 ff.

Inlet and outlet runs

Length of connecting cable

Permissible cable length Lmax depends on the fluid conductivity. A minimum conductivity of 20 S/cm is required for measuring demineralised water.

Environment Ambient temperature Standard: 20+60 C (sensor, transmitter) Optional: 40...+60 C (transmitter) Note the following points: Install the device at a shady location. Avoid direct sunlight, particularly in warm climatic regions. If both fluid and ambient temperatures are high, install the transmitter at a remote location from the sensor ( Fluid temperature range). At ambient temperatures below 20 C the readability of the display may be impaired. Storage temperature 10...+50 C (preferably +20 C) The measuring device must be protected against direct sunlight during storage in order to avoid unacceptably high surface temperatures. Choose a storage location where moisture does not collect in the measuring device. This will help prevent fungus and bacteria infestation which can damage the liner. Do not remove the protective plates or caps on the process connections until the device is ready to install (only Promag P, H). This is particularly important in the case of sensors with PTFE linings (only Promag P). Degree of protection Standard: IP 67 (NEMA 4X) for transmitter and sensor Optional: IP 68 (NEMA 6P) for remote version of Promag W and P sensor

Resistance to vibrations and shock

Acceleration up to 2 g in accordance with IEC 68-2-6 (High-temperature version: no corresponding information available)

Endress+Hauser

143

F06-53xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-001

10 Technical data

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

CIP cleaning

Promag W: not possible Promag P, H: possible (note max. temperature) Promag W: not possible Promag P: possible with PFA (note max. temperature) Promag H: possible (note max. temperature) To EN 61326/A1 and NAMUR recommendations NE 21

SIP cleaning

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Process Medium temperature range

The permissible fluid temperature depends on the lining of the measuring tube: Promag W 0...+80 C in the case of hard rubber (DN 65...2000) 20...+50 C in the case of polyurethane (DN 25...1000) Promag P 40...+130 C in the case of PTFE (DN 15...600), limits diagram 20...+180 C in the case of PFA (DN 25...200), limits diagram Compact version of Promag P (PFA or PTFE lining): TA = ambient temperature, TF = fluid temperature HT = high-temperature version, with insulation
HT

TA [C] 60

40
PTFE PTFE PFA PFA
F06-5xPxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-000
F06-xxPxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-000

20

0 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

TF [C]

Remote version of Promag P (PFA or PTFE lining): TA = ambient temperature, TF = fluid temperature HT = high-temperature version, with insulation
HT

TA [C] 60

40
PTFE PTFE PFA PFA

20

0 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

TF [C]

144

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10 Technical data

Promag H Sensor: DN 2...100: 20...+150 C Seal: EPDM: 20...+130 C Silicone: 20...+150 C Viton: 20...+150 C Kalrez: 20...+150 C Conductivity Minimum conductivity: 5 S/cm for fluids generally 20 S/cm for demineralised water Note that in the case of the remote version, the requisite conductivity is also influenced by the length of the connecting cable Page 143 Fluid pressure range (Nominal pressure) Promag W: EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501): PN 6 (DN 1200...2000), PN 10 (DN 200...2000), PN 16 (DN 65...2000), PN 25 (DN 200...1000), PN 40 (DN 25...150) ANSI B16.5: Class 150 (1...24"), Class 300 (1...6") AWWA: Class D (28...78") JIS B2238: 10K (DN 50...300), 20K (DN 25...300) AS 2129, Table E Promag P: EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501): PN 10 (DN 200...600), PN 16 (DN 65...600), PN 25 (DN 200...600), PN 40 (DN 15...150) ANSI B16.5: Class 150 (1/2...24"), Class 300 (1/2...6") JIS B2238: 10K (DN 50...300), 20K (DN 25...300) AS 2129, Table E Promag H: The permissible nominal pressure depends on the process connection and seal: 40 bar: flange, weld nipple (with O-ring-seal) 16 bar: all other process connections Resistance to partial vacuum of measuring tube lining Limiting flow see Page 152

see Page 20

Pressure loss

No pressure loss if the sensor is installed in a pipe of the same nominal diameter (Promag H: only DN 8 and larger). Pressure losses for configurations incorporating adapters acc. to (E) DIN EN 545 Page 20

Mechanical construction
Design / dimensions see Page 155 ff.

Weight

see Page 153 ff.

Endress+Hauser

145

10 Technical data

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Materials

Promag W Transmitter housing: Compact housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum Wall-mounted housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminium Sensor housing: DN 25...300: powder-coated die-cast aluminium DN 350...2000: painted steel (Amerlock 400) Measuring pipe: DN < 350: stainless steel1.4301 or 1.4306 (304L); for non-stainless flange material: with Al/Zn protective coating DN > 300: stainless steel 1.4301 (304); for non-stainless flange material: Amerlock 400 lacquer Flanges: EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501): stainless steel 1.4571; S235JRG2 / RSt 37-2 (DN < 350: with Al/Zn protective coating; DN > 300 with Amerlock 400 lacquer ANSI: A105; 316L (DN < 350 with Al/Zn protective coatiing, DN > 300 with Amerlock 400 lacquer) AWWA: A36 JIS: S20C, SUS 316L (DN < 350 with Al/Zn protective coating, DN > 300 with Amerlock 400 lacquer) AS 2129 Table E: A105; S235JRG2 / RSt 37-2 Ground disks (option): 1.4435/316L, Alloy C-22 Electrodes: Standard: 1.4435 Option: Alloy C-22, tantalum Seals: seals in acc. with DIN EN 1514-1 (DIN 2690) Promag P Transmitter housing: Compact housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum Wall-mounted housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminium Sensor housing: DN 15...300: powder-coated die-cast aluminium DN 350...600: painted steel Measuring pipe: DN < 350: stainless steel1.4301 or 1.4306 (304L); for non-stainless flange material: with Al/Zn protective coating DN > 300: staininless steel 1.4301 (304); for non-stainless flange material: Amerlock 400 lacquer Flanges: EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501): stainless steel 1.4571; S235JRG2 / RSt 37-2 (DN < 350: with Al/Zn protective coating; DN > 300 with Amerlock 400 lacquer ANSI: A105; 316L (DN < 350 with Al/Zn protective coatiing, DN > 300 with Amerlock 400 lacquer) JIS: S20C, SUS 316L (DN < 350 with Al/Zn protective coating, DN > 300 with Amerlock 400 lacquer) AS 2129 Table E: A105; S235JRG2 / RSt 37-2 Ground disks (option): 1.4435/316L, Alloy C-22 Electrodes: Standard: 1.4435 Option: Alloy C-22, tantalum, platinum/rhodium 80/20 Seals: seals in acc. with DIN EN 1514-1 (DIN 2690)

146

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10 Technical data

Promag H Transmitter housing: Compact housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum or stainless-steel field housing (1.4301 / 316L) Wall-mounted housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminium Sensor housing: 1.4301 Wall assembly set: 1.4301 Measuring pipe: stainless steel 1.4301 or 1.4306 (304L) Flanges: All connections 1.4404 / 316L Flanges (EN (DIN), ANSI, JIS) also available in PVDF Adhesive fitting made of PVC Ground rings (Option): 1.4435 (316L), tantalum, Alloy C-22 Electrodes: Standard: 1.4435 Optional: Alloy C-22, tantalum, platinum/rhodium 80/20 (only to DN 25) Seals: DN 2...25: O-ring (EPDM, Viton, Kalrez) or gasket seal (EPDM, silicone, Viton) DN 40...100: gasket seal (EPDM, silicone) Material load diagram The material load diagrams (pressure-temperature graphs) for the process connections are to be found in the following documents: Technical Information Promag 50/53 W (TI 046D/06/en) Technical Information Promag 50/53 P (TI 047D/06/en) Technical Information Promag 50/53 H (TI 048D/06/en) Promag W: Measuring, reference and EPD electrodes Standard available with 1.4435, Alloy C-22, tantalum Optional: exchangeable measuring electrodes made of 1.4435 (DN 350...2000) Promag P: Measuring, reference and EPD electrodes Standard available with 1.4435, Alloy C-22, tantalum Optional: reference electrode and EPD electrodes made of platinum/rhodium 80/20 Promag H: Measuring electrodes and EPD electrodes Standard available with 1.4435, Alloy C-22, tantalum, platinum/rhodium 80/20 DN 2...4: without EPD electrode Process connections Promag W: Flange connection: EN 1092-1 compliant (dimensions acc. to DIN 2501; DN 65 PN 16 and DN 600 PN 16 exclusively to EN 1092-1), ANSI, AWWA, JIS, AS 2129 Promag P: Flange connection: EN 1092-1 compliant (dimensions acc. to DIN 2501; DN 65 PN 16 and DN 600 PN 16 exclusively to EN 1092-1), ANSI, JIS, AS 2129 Promag H: With O-ring: weld nipples (DIN EN ISO 1127, ODT / SMS), flanges (EN (DIN), ANSI, JIS), PVDF flanges (DIN, ANSI, JIS), external pipe thread, internal pipe thread, hose connection, PVC adhesive fittings With gasket seals: weld nipples (DIN 11850, ODT / SMS), clamps (ODT, ISO 2852, DIN 32676), threaded fasteners (DIN 11851, DIN 11864-1, ISO 2853, SMS1145), flanges (DIN 11864-2)

Fitted electrodes

Endress+Hauser

147

10 Technical data

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Surface roughness

Measuring tube lined with PFA (Promag P, H): 0.4 m Electrodes: 1.4435, Alloy C-22, Tantal: 0.3...0.5 m Platin/Rhodium (Promag P, H): 0.3...0.5 m Process connection Promag H: 0.8 m (all details refer to parts which come into contact with the fluid)

Human interface
Display elements Liquid-crystal display: illuminated, four lines with 16 characters per line Custom configurations for presenting different measured value and status variables 3 totalizers Local operation with three optical keys (, +, E) Application specific Quick Setup menus for straightforward commissioning Language groups for operation in different countries: Western Europe and America: English, German, Spanish, Italian, French, Dutch and Portuguese Northern/eastern Europe: English, Russian, Polish, Norwegian, Finnish, Swedish and Czech Southern/eastern Asia: English, Japanese and Indonesian Operation via PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Operating elements

Language group

Remote operation

Certificates and approvals


Ex Approvals Information presently available in Ex versions (ATEX, FM, CSA) can be supplied by your E+H Sales Centre on request. All information relevant to explosion protection is available in separate Ex documents that you can order as necessary. Promag W: No applicable approvals or certification Promag P: No applicable approvals or certification Promag H: 3A authorization and EHEDG-tested Seals in conformity with FDA (except Kalrez seals) CE mark The measuring system is in conformity with the statutory requirements of the EC Directives. Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing of the device by affixing to it the CE mark. Measuring devices with a nominal diameter smaller than or equal to DN 25 correspond to Article 3(3) of the EC Directive 97/23/EC (Pressure Equipment Directive) and have been designed and manufactured according to good engineering practice. Where necessary (depending on the medium and process pressure), there are additional optional approvals to Category II/III for larger nominal diameters. The Promag 53 flowmeter has passed all the test procedures implemented and has been certified and registered by the PROFIBUS User Organisation. The flowmeter thus meets all the requirements of the specifications listed below: Certified in acc. with PROFIBUS Device Certification Number: upon request The device meets all PROFIBUS PROFILE Version 3.0 specifications. The device may also be operated using certified devices from other manufacturers (interoperability).

Sanitary compatibility

Pressure Equipment Directive

Certification PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

148

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10 Technical data

Other standards and guidelines

EN 60529: Degrees of protection by housing (IP code) EN 61010: Protection Measures for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, Regulation and Laboratory Procedures. EN 61326/A1 (IEC 1326): Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC requirements) NAMUR NE 21: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of industrial process and laboratory control equipment. NAMUR NE 43: Standardisation of the signal level for the breakdown information of digital transmitters with analogue output signal. PROFIBUS-PA: PROFIBUS Volume 2, Profile 3.0

Ordering information
The E+H service organisation can provide detailed ordering information and information on specific order codes on request.

Accessories
Various accessories, which can be ordered separately from E+H, are available for the transmitter and the sensor (see Page 119). The E+H service organisation can provide detailed information on the order codes of your choice.

Supplementary documentation
System Information Promag (SI 028D/06/en) Technical Information Promag 50/53 W (TI 046D/06/en) Technical Information Promag 50/53 P (TI 047D/06/en) Technical Information Promag 50/53 H (TI 048D/06/en) Description of Device Functions Promag 53 (BA054D/06/en) Supplementary documentation on Ex-ratings: ATEX, FM, CSA, etc.

Endress+Hauser

149

10 Technical data

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10.2

Measuring tube specifications

Promag W Nominal diameter [mm] 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 [inch] 1" EN (DIN) [bar] PN 40 PN 40 PN 40 PN 40 PN 16 PN 16 PN 16 PN 16 PN 16 PN 10 PN 10 PN 10 PN 10 PN 10 PN 10 PN 10 PN 10 PN 10

Pressure rating ANSI [lbs] Cl 150 AWWA JIS 20K 20K 20K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K AS

Inside diameter of measuring tube Hard rubber Polyurethane 24 32 38 50 66 79 102 127 156 204 258 309 342 392 437 492 594 692 742 794 891 994 1043 1197 1339 1402 1492 1600 1638 1786 1989


Class D Class D Class D Class D Class D Class D Class D Class D


Table E Table E


66 79 102 127 156 204 258 309 342 392 437 492 594 692 742 794 891 994 1043 1197 1339 1402 1492 1600 1638 1786 1989

1 1/2" 2"

Cl 150 Cl 150

3" 4"

Cl 150 Cl 150

6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24" 28" 30" 32" 36" 40" 42" 48" 54"

Cl 150 Cl 150 Cl 150 Cl 150 Cl 150 Cl 150 Cl 150 Cl 150 Cl 150

Table E Table E Table E Table E Table E Table E

Table E Table E

800 900 1000

PN 10 PN 10 PN 10

1200

PN 6

1400

PN 6

60"

Class D

1600

PN 6

66" 72" 78"

Class D Class D Class D

1800 2000

PN 6 PN 6

150

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10 Technical data

Promag P Nominal diameter EN (DIN) [bar] PN 40 PN 40 PN 40 PN 40 PN 40 PN 16 PN 16 PN 16 PN 16 PN 16 PN 10 PN 10 PN 10 PN 10 PN 10 PN 10 PN 10 PN 10

Pressure rating

Inside diameter of measuring tube AS with PFA [mm] with PTFE [mm] 15 26 35 41 52 67 80 104 129 156 202 256 306 337 387 432 487 593

[mm] 15 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

[inch] 1/2" 1"

ANSI [lbs] Cl 150 Cl 150

JIS

20K 20K 20K 20K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K

Table E

23 32 36 48 63 75 101 126 154 201

1 1/2" 2"

Cl 150 Cl 150


Table E

3" 4"

Cl 150 Cl 150

6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24"

Cl 150 Cl 150 Cl 150 Cl 150 Cl 150 Cl 150 Cl 150 Cl 150 Cl 150

Promag H Nominal diameter [mm] 2 4 8 15 25 40 50 65 80 100 [inch] 1/12" 5/32" 5/16" 1/2" 1" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4"

Pressure ratings *

Inside diameter of measuring tube ** PFA 2.25 4.5 9.0 16.0 22.6 26.0 35.3 48.1 59.9 72.6 97.5

[bar] PN 16 / PN 40 PN 16 / PN 40 PN 16 / PN 40 PN 16 / PN 40 PN 16 / PN 40 PN 16 / PN 40 PN 16 / PN 40 PN 16 / PN 40 PN 16 / PN 40 PN 16 / PN 40 PN 16 / PN 40

* The pressure rating depends on the process connections and the seals (see Page 170). ** Inside diameters of process connections see Page 170 ff.

Endress+Hauser

151

10 Technical data

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10.3

Resistance to partial vacuum of measuring tube lining


Measuring tube lining Resistance to partial vacuum of measuring tube lining Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] at various fluid temperatures 25 C Polyurethane Hard rubber 0 0 70 C 0 0 80 C 100 C 130 C 150 C 180 C

Promag W Nominal diameter [mm] 25...2000 65...2000 [inch] 1...78" 3...78"

Promag P Nominal diameter [mm] 15 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 [inch] 1/2" 1"

Measuring tube lining

Resistance to partial vacuum of measuring tube lining Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] at various fluid temperatures 25 C 80 C 0 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0 * * * * * * * * * * 100 C 0 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0 40 / 0 40 / 0 135 / 0 240 / 0 240 / 0 290 / 0 400 500 600 670 130 C 100 100 / 0 100 / 0 100 / 0 100 / 0 130 / 0 130 / 0 170 / 0 385 / 0 385 / 0 410 / 0 530 630 730 800 150 C 180 C

PTFE PTFE / PFA PTFE / PFA PTFE / PFA PTFE / PFA PTFE / PFA PTFE / PFA PTFE / PFA PTFE / PFA PTFE / PFA PTFE / PFA PTFE PTFE PTFE PTFE PTFE PTFE PTFE

0 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0 135 / 0 135 / 0 200 / 0 330 400 470 540

/0 /0 /0 /0 /0 /0 /0 /0 /0 /0

/0 /0 /0 /0 /0 /0 /0 /0 /0 /0

1 1/2" 2"

3" 4"

6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24"

Partial vacuum is impermissible

* No value can be quoted.

Promag H Nominal diameter [mm] 2...100 [inch] 1/12...4"

Measuring tube lining

Resistance to partial vacuum of measuring tube lining Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] at various fluid temperatures 25 C 80 C 0 100 C 0 130 C 0 150 C 0 180 C 0

PFA

152

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10 Technical data

10.4

Weight details

Weight data of Promag W in kg


Nominal diameter Compact version Remote versin (without cable) Sensor [mm] 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 [inch] 1" PN 40 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" PN 16 4" 5" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" PN 10 20" 24" 28" 30" 32" 36" 40" 42" 48" 54" PN 6 60" 66" 72" 78" EN (DIN) / AS* 7.3 8.0 9.4 10.6 12.0 10K 14.0 16.0 21.5 25.5 45 65 70 115 135 175 175 235 355 435 575 700 Class D 850 1300 1700 2200 2800 JIS 7.3 7.3 8.3 9.3 11.1 12.5 14.7 Class 150 21.0 24.5 41.9 69.4 72.3 ANSI/AWWA 7.3 PN 40 9.4 10.6 14.0 16.0 25.5 45 75 110 175 205 255 285 405 400 460 550 800 900 1100 1400 2200 PN 6 2700 3700 4100 4600 PN 10 PN 16 EN (DIN) / AS* 5.3 6.0 7.4 8.6 10.0 10K 12.0 14.0 19.5 23.5 43 63 68 113 133 173 173 233 353 433 573 698 Class D 848 1298 1698 2198 2798 JIS 5.3 5.3 6.3 7.3 9.1 10.5 12.7 Class 150 19.0 22.5 39.9 67.4 70.3 ANSI/AWWA 5.3 7.4 8.6 12.0 14.0 23.5 43 73 108 173 203 253 283 403 398 458 548 798 898 1098 1398 2198 2698 3698 4098 4598 Wall housing

6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0

Transmitter Promag (compact version): 3.4 kg (Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material) * only DN 80, 100, 150 - 400, 500 and 600

Endress+Hauser

153

10 Technical data

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Weight data of Promag P in kg


Nominal diameter Compact version Remote version (without cable) Sensor [mm] 15 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 [inch] 1/2" 1" PN 40 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" PN 16 4" 5" 6" 8" 10" 12" PN 10 14" 16" 18" 20" 24" EN (DIN) / AS* 6.5 7.3 8.0 9.4 10.6 12.0 10K 14.0 16.0 21.5 25.5 45 65 70 115 135 175 175 235 JIS 6.5 7.3 7.3 8.3 9.3 11.1 12.5 14.7 Class 150 21.0 24.5 41.9 69.4 72.3 ANSI 6.5 7.3 9.4 10.6 14.0 16.0 25.5 45 75 110 PN 10 175 205 255 285 405 PN 16 PN 40 EN (DIN) / AS* 4.5 5.3 6.0 7.4 8.6 10.0 12.0 14.0 19.5 23.5 43 63 68 113 133 173 173 233 10K JIS 4.5 5.3 5.3 6.3 7.3 9.1 10.5 12.7 19.0 22.5 39.9 67.4 70.3 Class 150 ANSI 4.5 5.3 7.4 8.6 12.0 14.0 23.5 43 73 108 173 203 253 283 403 Wall housing

6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0

Transmitter Promag (compact version): 3.4 kg High-temperature version: +1.5 kg (Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material) * only DN 25 and 50

Weight data of Promag H in kg


Nominal diameter [mm] 2 4 8 15 25 40 50 65 80 100 [inch] 1/12" 5/32" 5/16" 1/2" 1" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4" Compact version DIN 5.2 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 6.5 9.0 9.5 19.0 18.5 Remote version (without cable) Sensor 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.6 2.8 4.5 7.0 7.5 17.0 16.5 Wall housing 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0

Transmitter Promag (compact version): 3.4 kg (Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)

154

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10 Technical data

10.5

Dimensions of wall-mount housing

Dimensions: Wall-mount housing (non hazardous area and II3G / zone 2)

Esc

159.5 90.5 250

90 215 135

45

> 50

81

53

81

8 x M5

81.5

95

53

102

11.5

192

11.5

Fig. 59:

Dimensions of wall-mounted housing (control panel mounting and pipe mounting

Page 45)

Dimensions: Remote field housing (II2G / zone 1)


265 242 240 217 189 186
er Spannu ht unt ng Nic ffnen

r p cove tight wh Kee ircuits are alive ile c

Nicht-eigensichere Stromkreise durch IP40-Abdeckung geschtzt Non-intrinsically safe circuits Ip40 protected Boucles de courant sans scurit intrinsque protges par Ip40

Esc

167

100

133

188

355

100 123

Abb. 60: Dimensions of remote field housing (II2G / zone 1)

Endress+Hauser

155

F06-x3xxxxZZ-06-03-xx-xx-007

8.6 (M8)

F-x3xxxxxx-06-03-xx-xx-000

p cover tight w Kee ircuits are ali hile ve c

uvrir l appa pas o Ne sous tension reil

10 Technical data

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10.6

Dimensions Promag 53 W

Promag W / DN 300 (compact version)

Fig. 61:

Dimensions Promag W / DN 300 (compact version)

DN EN (DIN) / JIS / AS* [mm] 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 ANSI [inch]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

1"

200 200 200 200 200 200 250 250 300 350 450 500

341 341 341 341 391 391 391 472 472 527 577 627

257 257 257 257 282 282 282 322 322 347 372 397

84 84 84 84 109 109 109 150 150 180 205 230

120 120 120 120 180 180 180 260 260 324 400 460

94 94 94 94 94 94 94 140 140 156 156 166

1 1/2" 2"

3" 4"

6" 8" 10" 12"

The fitting length (L) is always the same, regardless of the pressure rating. * only DN 80, 100 and 150 - 300

156

Endress+Hauser

F06-53Fxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-000

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10 Technical data

Promag W / DN 300 (remote version)

Fig. 62: Dimensions Promag W / DN 300 (remote version) Dimensions of wall-mount housing see Page 155

DN EN (DIN) / JIS / AS* [mm] 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 ANSI [inch]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

1"

200 200 200 200 200 200 250 250 300 350 450 500

286 286 286 286 336 336 336 417 417 472 522 572

202 202 202 202 227 227 227 267 267 292 317 342

84 84 84 84 109 109 109 150 150 180 205 230

120 120 120 120 180 180 180 260 260 324 400 460

94 94 94 94 94 94 94 140 140 156 156 166

1 1/2" 2"

3" 4"

6" 8" 10" 12"

The fitting length (L) is always the same, regardless of the pressure rating. * only DN 80, 100 and 150 - 300

Endress+Hauser

157

F06-xxFxxxxx-06-05-xx-xx-000

10 Technical data

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Promag W / DN 350 (compact version)

227 207

187 168

Esc

160

B C A

E K L

Fig. 63:

Dimensions Promag W / DN 350 (compact version)

DN EN (DIN) / AS* [mm] 350 400 450 500 600 700 750 800 900 1000 1050 1200 1350 1400 1500 1600 1650 1800 2000 ANSI [inch] 14" 16" 18" 20" 24" 28" 30" 32" 36" 40" 42" 48" 54" 56" 60" 64" 66" 72" 78"

L [mm] 550 600 650 650 780 910 975 1040 1170 1300 1365 1560 1755 1820 1950 2080 2145 2340 2600

A [mm] 738.5 790.5 840.5 891.5 995.5 1198.5 1198.5 1241.5 1394.5 1546.5 1598.5 1796.5 1998.5 2148.5 2196.5 2286.5 2360.5 2550.5 2650.5

B [mm] 456.5 482.5 507.5 533.0 585.0 686.5 686.5 708.0 784.5 860.5 886.5 985.5 1086.5 1161.5 1185.5 1230.5 1267.5 1362.5 1412.5

C [mm] 282.0 308.0 333.0 358.5 410.5 512.0 512.0 533.5 610.0 686.0 712.0 811.0 912.0 987.0 1011.0 1056.0 1093.0 1188.0 1238.0

K [mm] 564 616 666 717 821 1024 1024 1067 1220 1372 1424 1622 1824 1974 2022 2112 2186 2376 2476

E [mm] 276 276 292 292 402 589 626 647 785 862 912 992 1252 1252 1392 1482 1482 1632 1732

The fitting length (L) is always the same, regardless of the pressure rating. * not DN 450 and DN 700

158

Endress+Hauser

F06-53Fxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-001

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10 Technical data

Promag W / DN 350 (remote version)

163 143

129

102

B C A

E L K

Fig. 64: Dimensions Promag W / DN 350 (remote version) Dimensions of wall-mount housing see Page 155

DN EN (DIN) / AS* [mm] 350 400 450 500 600 700 750 800 900 1000 1050 1200 1350 1400 1500 1600 1650 1800 2000 ANSI [inch] 14" 16" 18" 20" 24" 28" 30" 32" 36" 40" 42" 48" 54" 56" 60" 64" 66" 72" 78"

L [mm] 550 600 650 650 780 910 975 1040 1170 1300 1365 1560 1755 1820 1950 2080 2145 2340 2600

A [mm] 683.5 735.5 785.5 836.5 940.5 1143.5 1143.5 1186.5 1339.5 1491.5 1543.5 1741.5 1943.5 2093.5 2141.5 2231.5 2305.5 2495.5 2595.5

B [mm] 401.5 427.5 452.5 478.0 530.0 631.5 631.5 653.0 729.5 805.5 831.5 930.5 1031.5 1106.5 1130.5 1175.5 1212.5 1307.5 1357.5

C [mm] 282.0 308.0 333.0 358.5 410.5 512.0 512.0 533.5 610.0 686.0 712.0 811.0 912.0 987.0 1011.0 1056.0 1093.0 1188.0 1238.0

K [mm] 564 616 666 717 821 1024 1024 1067 1220 1372 1424 1622 1824 1974 2022 2112 2186 2376 2476

E [mm] 276 276 292 292 402 589 626 647 785 862 912 992 1252 1252 1392 1482 1482 1632 1732

The fitting length (L) is always the same, regardless of the pressure rating. * not DN 450 and DN 700

Endress+Hauser

159

F06-xxFxxxxx-06-05-xx-xx-001

10 Technical data

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10.7

Dimensions Promag 53 P

Promag P / DN 300 (compact version)

Fig. 65:

Dimensions Promag P / DN 300 (compact version)

DN EN (DIN) / JIS / AS* [mm] 15 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 ANSI [inch]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

1/2" 1"

200 200 200 200 200 200 200 250 250 300 350 450 500

341 341 341 341 341 391 391 391 472 472 527 577 627

257 257 257 257 257 282 282 282 322 322 347 372 397

84 84 84 84 84 109 109 109 150 150 180 205 230

120 120 120 120 120 180 180 180 260 260 324 400 460

94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 140 140 156 156 166

1 1/2" 2"

3" 4"

6" 8" 10" 12"

The fitting length (L) is always the same, regardless of the pressure rating. * only DN 25 and 50

160

Endress+Hauser

F06-53Fxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-000

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10 Technical data

Promag P / DN 300 (remote version)

Fig. 66: Dimensions Promag P / DN 300 (remote version) Dimensions of wall-mount housing see Page 155

DN EN (DIN) / JIS / AS* [mm] 15 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 ANSI [inch]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

1/2" 1"

200 200 200 200 200 200 200 250 250 300 350 450 500

286 286 286 286 286 336 336 336 417 417 472 522 572

202 202 202 202 202 227 227 227 267 267 292 317 342

84 84 84 84 84 109 109 109 150 150 180 205 230

120 120 120 120 120 180 180 180 260 260 324 400 460

94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 140 140 156 156 166

1 1/2" 2"

3" 4"

6" 8" 10" 12"

The fitting length (L) is always the same, regardless of the pressure rating. * only DN 25 and 50

Endress+Hauser

161

F06-xxFxxxxx-06-05-xx-xx-000

10 Technical data

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Promag P / DN 300 / high-temperature version (compact version)

110

B1
A1

Fig. 67: Dimensions of high-temperature version (Promag P, DN 300, compact) Dimensions A1, B1 = A, B of standard version plus 110 mm

Promag P / DN 300 / high-temperature version (remote version)

110

B1

A1

Fig. 68: Dimensions of high-temperature version (Promag P, DN 300, remote) Dimensions A1, B1 = A, B of standard version plus 110 mm

162

Endress+Hauser

F06-xxPxxxxx-06-05-00-xx-000

F06-5xPxxxxx-06-00-00-xx-000

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10 Technical data

Promag P / DN 350 (compact version)

227 207

187 168

Esc

160

B C A

E K L

Fig. 69:

Dimensions Promag P / DN 350 (compact version)

DN EN (DIN) [mm] 350 400 450 500 600 ANSI [inch] 14" 16" 18" 20" 24"

L [mm] 550 600 650 650 780

A [mm] 738.5 790.5 840.5 891.5 995.5

B [mm] 456.5 482.5 507.5 533.0 585.0

C [mm] 282.0 308.0 333.0 358.5 410.5

K [mm] 564 616 666 717 821

E [mm] 276 276 292 292 402

The fitting length (L) is always the same, regardless of the pressure rating.

Endress+Hauser

163

F06-53Fxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-001

10 Technical data

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Promag P / DN 350 (remote version)

163 143

129

102

B C A

E L K

Fig. 70: Dimensions Promag P / DN 350 (remote version) Dimensions of wall-mount housing see Page 155

DN EN (DIN) [mm] 350 400 450 500 600 ANSI [inch] 14" 16" 18" 20" 24"

L [mm] 550 600 650 650 780

A [mm] 683.5 735.5 785.5 836.5 940.5

B [mm] 401.5 427.5 452.5 478.0 530.0

C [mm] 282.0 308.0 333.0 358.5 410.5

K [mm] 564 616 666 717 821

E [mm] 276 276 292 292 402

The fitting length (L) is always the same, regardless of the pressure rating.

164

Endress+Hauser

F06-xxFxxxxx-06-05-xx-xx-001

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10 Technical data

10.8

Dimensions of ground disks (Promag W, P)

B 6.5

di 10

Fig. 71:

Dimensions of ground disks (Promag W (DN 25...300), Promag P (DN 15...300))

DN 1) EN (DIN) / JIS / AS 4) [mm] 15 (only Promag P) 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 2) 300
1) 2) 3)

di ANSI [inch]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

1/2"

19

43

61.5

73

1"

30 38.5 44.5 56.5 72.5 85 110 135 163 210.5 265 317 317

62 80 82 101 121 131 156 187 217 267 328 375 375

77.5 87.5 101 115.5 131.5 154.5 186.5 206.5 256 288 359 413 404

87.5 94.5 103 108 118 135 153 160 184 205 240 273 268

1 1/2" 2"

3" 4"

6" 8" 10" 12" 2) 12"


3)

Ground disks can, with the exception of DN 300, be used for all flange norms / pressure ratings. PN 10/16, Class 150 3) PN 25, JIS 10K/20K 4) not DN 15, 32, 40, 65 and 125

Endress+Hauser

165

F06-xxxxxxxx-06-09-00-xx-001

15

10 Technical data

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10.9

Dimensions Promag 53 H

Promag H / DN 225 (compact version)

Fig. 72:

Dimensions Promag H / DN 225 (compact version, aluminum field housing)

220

153

Es c

171

263

328

DI K L

Fig. 73:

Dimensions Promag H / DN 225 (compact version, stainless-steel field housing)

DN [mm] 2 4 8 15 25 [inch]

PN ** [bar] 16/40 16/40 16/40 16/40 16/40 16/40

DI [mm] 2.25 4.5 9.0 16.0 22.6 26.0

L [mm] 86 86 86 86 86 86

K [mm] 43 43 43 43 53 53

M [mm] M 6x4 M 6x4 M 6x4 M 6x4 M 6x4 M 6x4


1"

Fitting length depends on process connections Page 171 ff. ** The permissible nominal pressure depends on the process connection and seal: 40 bar: flange EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501), welded nipples for DIN EN ISO 1127 pipes and ODT (with O-ring seal) 16 bar: all other process connections

166

Endress+Hauser

F06-53Hxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-002

65

F06-53Hxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-001

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10 Technical data

Promag H / DN 225 (remote version)

125

70

75

DI L K

Fig. 74: Dimensions Promag H / DN 225 (remote version) Dimensions of wall-mount housing see Page 155 DN [mm] 2 4 8 15 25 [inch] PN * [bar] 16/40 16/40 16/40 16/40 16/40 16/40 DI [mm] 2.25 4.5 9.0 16.0 22.6 26.0 L [mm] 86 86 86 86 86 86 A [mm] 213 213 213 213 213 213 B [mm] 148 148 148 148 148 148 C [mm] 65 65 65 65 65 65 K [mm] 43 43 43 43 53 53 M [mm] M 6x4 M 6x4 M 6x4 M 6x4 M 6x4 M 6x4


1"

Fitting length depends on process connections Page 171 ff. Dimensions wall-mounted housing Page 155 * The permissible nominal pressure depends on the process connection and seal: 40 bar: flange EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501), welded nipples for DIN EN ISO 1127 pipes and ODT (with O-ring seal) 16 bar: all other process connections

Wall mounting set for Promag H / DN 225

110

D B

140

Fig. 75: Wall mounting set for Promag H / DN 225 A = 125 mm, B = 88 mm, C = 120 mm, D = 7 mm

Endress+Hauser

167

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-07-06-xx-000

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-05-xx-xx-001

10 Technical data

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Promag H / DN 40100 (compact version)

Fig. 76:

Dimensions Promag H / DN 40100 (compact version, aluminum field housing)

220

153

Es c

171

DI K L

Fig. 77:

Dimensions Promag H / DN 40100 (compact version, stainless-steel field housing)

DN [mm] 40 50 65 80 100 [inch] 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4"

PN [bar] 16 16 16 16 16

DI [mm] 35.3 48.1 59.9 72.6 97.5

L [mm] 140 140 140 200 200

A* [mm] 319 (330) 344 (355) 344 (355) 394 (405) 394 (405)

B* [mm] 255 (266) 267 (278) 267 (278) 292 (303) 292 (303)

C [mm] 64 77 77 102 102

K [mm] 128 153 153 203 203

M mm] M 6x4 M 8x4 M 8x4 M 12x4 M 12x4

Fitting length depends on process connections Page 171 ff. * () = Dimensions stainless-steel field housing

168

Endress+Hauser

F06-53Hxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-003

F06-53Hxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-000

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10 Technical data

Promag H / DN 40100 (remote version)

125

70

75

DI L K

Fig. 78: Dimensions Promag H / DN 40100 (remote version) Dimensions of wall-mount housing see Page 155

DN [mm] 40 50 65 80 100 [inch] 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4"

PN [bar] 16 16 16 16 16

DI [mm] 35.3 48.1 59.9 72.6 97.5

L [mm] 140 140 140 200 200

A [mm] 216 241 241 290 290

B [mm] 151.5 164.0 164.0 188.5 188.5

C [mm] 64.5 77.0 77.0 101.5 101.5

K [mm] 128 153 153 203 203

M [mm] M 6x4 M 8x4 M 8x4 M 12x4 M 12x4

Fitting length depends on process connections Page 171 ff. Dimensions wall-mounted housing Page 155

Endress+Hauser

169

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-05-xx-xx-000

10 Technical data

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10.10 Process connections Promag H (DN 225)


Front view of sensor Promag H / DN 225 (without process connections)

DN 2...15

DN 25

A-A 4

B-B 4

70 48.5 0.1 0.1 = =

41.6 =0.1 = 0.1

34-0.1

M6

44-0.1

60

24 42 43

8.5

28 52 53

8.5

Fig. 79:

Dimensions front view of sensor DN 225

DN [mm] 2...8 15 25 (DIN) 25 (1" ANSI)

C [mm] 9 16

D (DIN) [mm] 26

D (ANSI) [mm] 22.6

170

Endress+Hauser

F06-5xHxxxxx-06-05-08-xx-000

= =

0.1

0.1

= 0.1 = 0.1

M6

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10 Technical data

Process connections with O-ring seals (DN 225)


Weld nipples for DIN 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-B*********** Sensor DN [mm] Fits to Piping DIN EN ISO 1127 13.5 x 1.6 21.3 x 1.6 33.7 x 2 di [mm] G [mm] L [mm] HxB [mm]

28 15
F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-010

10.3 18.1 29.7

13.5 21.3 33.7

20.3 20.3 20.3

60 x 42 60 x 42 70 x 52

HxB

G di

25 (DIN)

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm

Weld nipples for ODT/SMS pipe 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-C***********

Sensor DN [mm] 28 15

Fits to Piping OD/SMS 13.5 x 2.3 21.3 x 2.65 33.7 x 3.25

di [mm] 9.0 16.0 27.2

G [mm] 13.5 21.3 33.7

L [mm] 20.3 20.3 22.3

HxB [mm] 60 x 42 60 x 42 70 x 52

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-012

HxB

G di

25 (1" ANSI)

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm

Flange PN 40 EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501) 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-D***********

Sensor DN [mm]

Fits to Flange EN1092-1 (DIN 2501) DN 15 DN 15 DN 25

di [mm]

G [mm]

L [mm]

LK [mm]

M [mm]

HxB [mm]

28

17.3 17.3 28.5

95 95 115

56.2 56.2 56.2

65 65 85

14 14 14

60 x 42 60 x 42 70 x 52

15

LK

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-014

HxB

25 (DIN)

di

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm Fitting length to DVGW (200 mm)

Flange CI 150 / ANSI B16.5 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-E***********

Sensor DN [mm] 28 15

Fits to Flange ANSI B16.5 1/2" 1/2" 1"

di [mm] 15.7 16.0 26.7

G [mm] 89 89 108

L [mm] 66.0 66.0 71.8

LK [mm] 60.5 60.5 79.2

M [mm] 15.7 15.7 15.7

HxB [mm] 60 x 42 60 x 42 70 x 52

LK

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-015

HxB

25 (1" ANSI)

di

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm

Endress+Hauser

171

10 Technical data

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Flange 20 K / JIS B2238 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-F***********

Sensor DN [mm] 28 15

Fits to Flange B2238 ND 10 ND 15 ND 25

di [mm] 15 16 26

G [mm] 95 95 125

L [mm] 67 67 67

LK [mm] 70 70 95

M [mm] 15 15 19

HxB [mm] 60 x 42 60 x 42 70 x 52

LK

HxB

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-016

25 (DIN)

di

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm

Flange PN 16 / EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501) PVDF 5*H**-G***********


M

Sensor DN [mm]

Fits to Flange EN1092-1 (DIN 2501) DN 15 DN 15 DN 25

di [mm]

G [mm]

L [mm]

M [mm]

LK [mm]

HxB [mm]

28 15
F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-029

15.7 15.7 27.3

95 95 115

57 57 57

14 14 14

65 65 85

60 x 42 60 x 42 70 x 52

LK

HxB

25 (DIN)

di

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm Fitting length to DVGW (200 mm) The requisite ground rings can be ordered as accessories (Order No. DK5HR-****)

Flange CI 150 / ANSI B16.5 PVDF 5*H**-H***********


M

Sensor DN [mm] 28 15
F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-029

Fits to Flange ANSI B16.5 1/2" 1/2" 1"

di [mm] 15.7 15.7 27.3

G [mm] 95 95 115

L [mm] 57 57 57

M [mm] 16 16 16

LK [mm] 60 60 79

HxB [mm] 60 x 42 60 x 42 70 x 52

LK

HxB

25 (1" ANSI)

di

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm The requisite ground rings can be ordered as accessories (Order No. DK5HR-****)

Flange 10 K / JIS B2238 PVDF 5*H**-J***********


M

Sensor DN [mm] 28 15
F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-029

Fits to Flange B2238 ND 15 ND 15 ND 25

di [mm] 15.7 15.7 27.3

G [mm] 95 95 125

L [mm] 57 57 57

M [mm] 15 15 19

LK [mm] 70 70 90

HxB [mm] 60 x 42 60 x 42 70 x 52

LK

HxB

25 (DIN)

di

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm The requisite ground rings can be ordered as accessories (Order No. DK5HR-****)

172

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10 Technical data

External pipe thread ISO 228 / DIN 2999 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-K***********

Sensor

Fits to Internal thread [inch] R 3/8" R 1/2" R 1"

di

HxB

DN [mm] 28

[mm] 10 16 25

[inch] 3/8" 1/2" 1"

[mm] 40 40 42

[mm] 10.1 13.2 16.5

[mm] 60 x 42 60 x 42 70 x 52

S
F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-025

15

HxB

di

25 (1" ANSI)

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm

Internal pipe thread ISO 228 / DIN 2999, 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-L***********

Sensor

Fits to External thread [inch] Rp 3/8" Rp 1/2" Rp 1"

di

HxB

DN [mm] 28

[mm] 9.0 16.0 27.2

[inch] 3/8" 1/2" 1"

[mm] 22 27 40

[mm] 45 45 51

[mm] 13 14 17

[mm] 60 x 42 60 x 42 70 x 52

S
15
F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-027

HxB

25 (1" ANSI)

G di

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm

Hose connection 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-M/N/P***********

Sensor

Fits to Inside diameter [mm] 13 16 19

di

LW

HxB

DN [mm] 28 15

[mm] 10.0 12.6 16.0

[mm] 13 16 19

[mm] 49 49 49

[mm] 60 x 42 60 x 42 60 x 42

HxB

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-024

15

di

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm

Adhesive fitting PVC 5*H**-R/S***********

Sensor DN [mm] 28 2...8


F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-028

Fits to pipe 1/2" [inch] 20 x 2 [mm] (DIN 8062) 20 x 2 [mm] (DIN 8062)

di [mm] 21.5 20.2

G [mm] 27.3 27.0

L [mm] 38.5 38.5

HxB [mm] 60 x 42 60 x 42

HxB

di

15

20.2

27.0

28.0

60 x 42

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm The requisite ground rings can be ordered as accessories (Order No. DK5HR-****)

Endress+Hauser

173

10 Technical data

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Process connections with aseptic gasket seal (DN 225 )


Weld nipple for DIN 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-U*********** Sensor DN [mm] 28 15
F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-011

Fits to Piping DIN 11850 14 x 2 20 x 2 30 x 2

di [mm] 9 16 26

G [mm] 14 20 30

L [mm] 23.3 23.3 23.3

HxB [mm] 60 x 42 60 x 42 70 x 52

HxB

G di

25 (DIN)

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube (Page 166) and process connection (di) into account.

Weld nipples for ODT/SMS 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-V***********

Sensor DN [mm] 28 15
F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-013

Fits to Piping OD/SMS 12.7 x 1.65 19.1 x 1.65 24.5 x 1.65

di [mm] 9.0 16.0 22.6

G [mm] 12.7 19.1 25.4

L [mm] 16.1 16.1 16.1

HxB [mm] 60 x 42 60 x 42 70 x 52

HxB HxB

25 (1" ANSI)

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube (Page 166) and process connection (di) into account.

LL

Clamp ISO 2852, Fig. 2 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-W***********

Sensor DN [inch]

Fits to Piping ISO 2037 / BS 4825-1 Tube 25.4 x 1.65

Clamp ISO 2852 Diameter [mm] 25

di [mm]

G [mm]

L [mm]

HxB [mm]

25 (1" ANSI)

22.6

50.5

44.3

70 x 52

Clamp DIN 32676 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-0***********

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-023

HxB

di

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube (Page 166) and process connection (di) into account.

Sensor DN [mm] 28 15
F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-019

Fits to Piping DIN 11850 Tube 14 x 2 (DN 10) Tube 20 x 2 (DN 15) Tube 30 x 2 (DN 25)

di [mm] 10 16 26

G [mm] 34.0 34.0 50.5

L [mm] 41.0 41.0 44.5

HxB [mm] 60 x 42 60 x 42 70 x 52

HxB

25 (DIN)

di

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube (Page 166) and process connection (di) into account.

174

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10 Technical data

Tri-clamp L14 AM7 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-1***********

Sensor DN [mm] 28

Fits to Piping OD Tube 12.7 x 1.65 (ODT 1/2") Tube 19.1 x 1.65 (ODT 3/4") Tube 25.5 x 1.65 (ODT 1")

di [mm] 9.4

G [mm] 25.0

L [mm] 28.5

HxB [mm] 60 x 42

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-020

15

15.8

25.0

28.5

60 x 42

HxB

di

25 (1" ANSI)

22.1

50.4

28.5

70 x 52

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube (Page 166) and process connection (di) into account.

Coupling SC DIN 11851 Threaded adapter 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-2***********

Sensor DN [mm]

Fits to Piping DIN 11850

di [mm]

G [mm]

L [mm]

HxB [mm]

28

Tube 12 x 1 (DN 10) Tube 18 x 1 or 1.5 (DN 15) Tube 28 x 1 or 1.5 (DN 25)

10

Rd 28 x 1/8"

44

60 x 42

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-017

HxB

15

16

Rd 34 x 1/8"

44

60 x 42

G di

25 (DIN)

26

Rd 52 x 1/6"

52

70 x 52

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube (Page 166) and process connection (di) into account.

Coupling DIN 11864-1 Aseptic threaded adapter, Form A 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-3***********

Sensor DN [mm]

Fits to Piping DIN 11850

di [mm]

G [mm]

L [mm]

HxB [mm]

28 15
F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-021

Tube 13 x 1.5 (DN 10) Tune 19 x 1.5 (DN 15) Tube 29 x 1.5 (DN 25)

10 16 26

Rd 28 x 1/8" Rd 34 x 1/8" Rd 52 x 1/6"

42 42 49

60 x 42 60 x 42 70 x 52

HxB

25 (DIN)

di

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube (Page 166) and process connection (di) into account.

Flange DIN 11864-2 Aseptic grooved flange, Form A 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-4***********

Sensor DN [mm]

Fits to Piping DIN 11850

di [mm]

G [mm]

L [mm]

LK [mm]

M [mm]

HxB [mm]

28

Tube 13 x 1.5 (DN 10) Tube 19 x 1.5 (DN 15) Tube 29 x 1.5 (DN 25)

10 16 26

54 59 70

48.5 48.5 48.5

37 42 53

9 9 9

60 x 42 60 x 42 70 x 52

15

LK

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-022

HxB

25 (DIN)

di

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube (Page 166) and process connection (di) into account.

Endress+Hauser

175

10 Technical data

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Coupling SMS 1145 Threaded adapter 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-5***********

Sensor DN [mm]

Fits to Piping OD

SMS 1145 Diameter [mm] 25

di [mm]

G [mm]

L [mm]

HxB [mm]

25 (1" ANSI)

1"

22.6

Rd 40 x 1/6"

30.8

70 x 52

Process connections orderable only as accessories (with O-ring seal, DN 225)


External pipe thread 1.4404 / 316L DKH**-GD** Sensor DN [mm] 28 Fits to NP internal thread NPT 3/8" NPT 1/2" NPT 1" di [mm] 10 16 25 G [inch] 3/8" 1/2" 1" L [mm] 50 50 57 S [mm] 15.5 20.0 25.0 HxB [mm] 60 x 42 60 x 42 70 x 52

S
F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-025

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-026

HxB

di

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube (Page 166) and process connection (di) into account.

15

HxB

di

25 (1" ANSI)

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm

Internal pipe thread 1.4404 / 316L DKH**-GC**

Sensor DN [mm] 28

Fits to NP external thread NPT 3/8" NPT 1/2" NPT 1"

di [mm] 8.9 16.0 27.2

G [inch] 3/8" 1/2" 1"

D [mm] 22 27 40

L [mm] 45 45 51

S [mm] 13 14 17

HxB [mm] 60 x 42 60 x 42 70 x 52

S
15
F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-027

HxB

25 (1" ANSI)

G di

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm

176

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10 Technical data

Process connections orderable only as accessories (with aseptic gasket seal)


Tri-Clamp L14 AM7 1.4404 / 316L DKH**-HF*** Sensor DN [mm] 15 Fits to Piping OD Tube 25.4 x 1.5 (ODT; 1") di [mm] 22.1 G [mm] 50.4 L [mm] 28.5 HxB [mm] 60 x 42

Ground rings (accessories for PVDF flanges / PVC adhesive fitting)


Ground ring 1.4435/316L, Alloy C-22, tantalum DK5HR **** Sensor DN [mm] di [mm] D [mm] B [mm] C [mm]

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-018

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube (Page 166) and process connection (di) into account.

HxB

di

28 15 25 (1" ANSI) 25 (DIN)

9.0 16.0 22.6 26.0

33.9 33.9 43.9 43.9

22.0 29.0 36.5 39.0

17.6 24.6 31.2 34.6

1.9 3.4 4.5

Endress+Hauser

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-030

0.5

3.5

di D

B C

177

10 Technical data

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10.11 Process connections of Promag H (DN 40100)


Front view of sensor Promag H / DN 40100 (without process connection)

L Z

Z-Z

90 0.5

E D C B A

Z G H

Fig. 80:

Dimensions front view of sensor DN 40100

DN [mm] 40 50 65 80 100

A [mm] 122.0 147.0 147.0 197.0 197.0

B [mm] 86 99 115 141 162

C [mm] 71.0 83.5 100.0 121.0 141.5

D [mm] 51.0 63.5 76.1 88.9 114.3

E [mm] 35.3 48.1 59.9 72.6 97.5

F [mm] M8 M8 M8 M 12 M 12

G [mm] 15 15 15 15 15

H [mm] 18 18 18 20 20

Threaded holes 6 6 4 4 4

178

Endress+Hauser

F06-5xHxxxxx-06-05-08-xx-001

60

.5

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10 Technical data

Process connections with gasket seal (DN 40100)


Weld nipples for DIN 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-U*********** Sensor DN [mm] 40 Fits to Piping DIN 11850 42 x 2 54 x 2 70 x 2 85 x 2 104 x 2 di [mm] 38.0 50.0 66.0 81.0 100.0 G [mm] 43 55 72 87 106 D [mm] 92 105 121 147 168 L [mm] 42 42 42 42 42 L1 [mm] 19 19 21 24 24 LK [mm] 71.0 83.5 100.0 121.0 141.5

di

LK

50
F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-002

65 80 100

L1 L

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 140 mm (DN 4065) / + 200 mm (DN 80100) If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube (Page 166) and process connection (di) into account.

Weld nipples for ODT/SMS 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-V***********

Sensor DN [mm] 40 50

Fits to Piping OD/SMS 38.1 x 1.65 50.8 x 1.65 63.5 x 1.65 76.2 x 1.65 101.6 x 1.65

di [mm] 35.3 48.1 59.9 72.6 97.5

G [mm] 40 55 66 79 104

D [mm] 92 105 121 147 168

L [mm] 42 42 42 42 42

L1 [mm] 19 19 21 24 24

LK [mm] 71.0 83.5 100.0 121.0 141.5

di

LK

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-002

65 80 100

L1 L

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 140 mm (DN 4065) / + 200 mm (DN 80100) If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube (Page 166) and process connection (di) into account.

Clamp ISO 2852, Fig 2. 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-W***********

Sensor DN [mm] 40 50

Fits to Piping ISO 2037 / BS 4825-1 38.0 x 1.6 51.0 x 1.6 63.5 x 1.6 76.1 x 1.6 101.6 x 2.0

Clamp ISO 2852 Diameter [mm] 38.0 51.0 63.5 76.1 101.6

di [mm] 35.6 48.6 60.3 72.9 97.6

G [mm] 50.5 64.0 77.5 91.0 119.0

D [mm] 92 105 121 147 168

L [mm] 68.5 68.5 68.5 68.5 68.5

LK [mm] 71.0 83.5 100.0 121.0 141.5

LK

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-005

G di

65 80 100

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 140 mm (DN 4065) / + 200 mm (DN 80100) If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube (Page 166) and process connection (di) into account.

Clamp DIN 32676 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-0***********

Sensor DN [mm] 40 50

Fits to Piping DIN 11850 42 x 2 54 x 2 70 x 2 85 x 2 104 x 2

di [mm] 38 50 66 81 100

G [mm] 50.5 64.0 91.0 106.0 119.0

D [mm] 92 105 121 147 168

L [mm] 61.5 61.5 68.0 68.0 68.0

LK [mm] 71.0 83.5 100.0 121.0 141.5

LK

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-008

G di

65 80 100

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 140 mm (DN 4065) / + 200 mm (DN 80100) If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube (Page 166) and process connection (di) into account.

Endress+Hauser

179

10 Technical data

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Tri-Clamp L14 AM7 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-1***********

Sensor DN [mm] 40 50 DN [inch] 1 1/2" 2"

Fits to Piping OD 38.1 x 1.65 50.8 x 1.65 63.5 x 1.65 76.2 x 1.65 101.6 x 1.65

di [mm] 34.8 47.5 60.2 72.9 97.4

G [mm] 50.4 63.9 77.4 90.9 118.9

D [mm] 92 105 121 147 168

L [mm] 68.6 68.6 68.6 68.6 68.6

LK [mm] 71.0 83.5 100.0 121.0 141.5

LK

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-004

G di

65 80 100

3" 4"

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 140 mm (DN 4065) / + 200 mm (DN 80100) If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube (Page 166) and process connection (di) into account.

Coupling SC DIN 11851 Threaded adapter 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-2***********

Sensor DN [mm]

Fits to Piping DIN 11850

di [mm]

G [mm]

D [mm]

L [mm]

LK [mm]

40 50

42 x 2 54 x 2 70 x 2 85 x 2 104 x 2

38 50 66 81 100

Rd 65 x 1/6" Rd 78 x 1/6" Rd 95 x 1/6" Rd 110 x 1/4" Rd 130 x 1/4"

92 105 121 147 168

72 74 78 83 92

71.0 83.5 100.0 121.0 141.5

LK

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-001

G di

65 80 100

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 140 mm (DN 4065) / + 200 mm (DN 80100) If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube (Page 166) and process connection (di) into account.

Coupling DIN 11864-1 Aseptic threaded adapter, Form A 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-3***********

Sensor DN [mm]

Fits to Piping DIN 11850

di [mm]

G [mm]

D [mm]

L [mm]

LK [mm]

40 50

42 x 2 54 x 2 70 x 2 85 x 2 104 x 2

38 50 66 81 100

Rd 65 x 1/6" Rd 78 x 1/6" Rd 95 x 1/6" Rd 110 x 1/4" Rd 130 x 1/4"

92 105 121 147 168

71 71 76 82 90

71.0 83.5 100.0 121.0 141.5

LK

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-006

G di

65 80 100

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 140 mm (DN 4065) / + 200 mm (DN 80100) If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube (Page 166) and process connection (di) into account.

Flange DIN 11864-2 Aseptic flat flange, Form A 1.4404/316L 5*H**-4***********

Sensor DN [mm]

Fits to Piping DIN 11850

di [mm]

G [mm]

D [mm]

L [mm]

LK1 [mm]

LK2 [mm]

40

42 x 2 54 x 2 70 x 2 85 x 2 104 x 2

38 50 66 81 100

82 94 113 133 159

92 105 121 147 168

64 64 64 98 98

71.0 83.5 100.0 121.0 141.5

65 77 95 112 137

LK 2 di

LK 1

50
F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-007

65 80 100

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 140 mm (DN 4065) / + 200 mm (DN 80100) If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube (Page 166) and process connection (di) into account.

180

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10 Technical data

Coupling SMS 1145 Threaded adapter 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-5***********

Sensor DN [mm]

Fits to Piping OD

SMS 1145 Diameter [mm] 38.0 51.0 63.5 76.0 101.6

di [mm]

G [mm]

D [mm]

L [mm]

LK [mm]

40 50

38.1 x 1.65 50.8 x 1.65 63.5 x 1.65 76.2 x 1.65 101.6 x 1.65

35.5 48.5 60.5 72.0 97.6

Rd 60 x 1/6" Rd 70 x 1/6" Rd 85 x 1/6" Rd 98 x 1/6" Rd 132 x 1/6"

92 105 121 147 168

63 65 70 75 70

71.0 83.5 100.0 121.0 141.5

LK

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-000

G di

65 80 100

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 140 mm (DN 4065) / + 200 mm (DN 80100) If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube (Page 166) and process connection (di) into account.

Coupling ISO 2853 Threaded adapter 1.4404 / 316L 5*H**-6***********

Sensor DN [mm]

Fits to Piping ISO 2037 / BS 4825-1 38.0 x 1.6 51.0 x 1.6 63.5 x 1.6 76.1 x 1.6 101.6 x 2.0

ISO 2853 Diameter [mm] 38.0 51.0 63.5 76.1 101.6

di [mm]

G [mm]

D [mm]

L [mm]

LK [mm]

40 50

35.6 48.6 60.3 72.9 97.6

50.6 64.1 77.6 91.1 118.1

92 105 121 147 168

61.5 61.5 61.5 61.5 61.5

71.0 83.5 100.0 121.0 141.5

LK

F06-xxHxxxxx-06-09-07-xx-003

di

65 80 100

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 140 mm (DN 4065) / + 200 mm (DN 80100) If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube (Page 166) and process connection (di) into account.

Endress+Hauser

181

10 Technical data

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

182

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Index

Index
A
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Adapters (installation of sensor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Addressing configuration using local display . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 configuring the miniature switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Ambient temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Applicator (selection / configuration software) . 120 Auxiliary power (supply voltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Declaration of conformity (CE mark) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 143 Design see dimensions Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Device designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Device functions see Description of device functions manual Device matrix (Commuwin II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Dimensions ground disks (Promag P, W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 ground rings (Promag H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 process connections, Promag H (DN 2...25) . . . 170 process connections, Promag H (DN 40...100) . 178 Promag 53 H (DN 2...25) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Promag 53 H (DN 40...100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Promag 53 P (DN 300) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Promag 53 P (DN 350) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Promag 53 W (DN 300) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Promag 53 W (DN 350) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 wall-mount housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Display display and operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 readings displayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 turning the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Display value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Documentation, supplementary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Down pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

B
Block model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

C
Cable entries degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Cable length (remote version) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Cable specifications PROFIBUS-DP/-PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 remote version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Cable specifications of the remote version Cable termination of Promag H . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Cable termination Promag W, P . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Calibration factor (default) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Cathode protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 CE mark (declaration of conformity) . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Certification PROFIBUS-DP/-PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 CIP cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Cleaning CIP/SIP cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Code entry (function matrix) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 empty-pipe and full-pipe calibration (EPD) . . . 114 PROFIBUS interface (with Commuwin II) . . . . . . 93 PROFIBUS interface (with local display) . . . . . . 92 Quick Setup Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Commuwin II operating program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Conditions for operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Conductivity of fluid, minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Configuration examples cyclic data exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Simatic S7 HW configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Connection see Electrical connection Connector (fieldbus connector) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Cycle times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Cyclic measured variables, factory settings . . . . . 104

E
Electrical connection cable specifications (remote version) . . . . . . . . . 56 degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 length of connecting cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 post-connection check (checklist) . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 potential equalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 remote version (connecting cable) . . . . . . . . . . . 52 transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Electrodes EPD electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 114 fitted electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 measuring-electrode plane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 reference electrode (potential equalisation) . . . . 17 replaceable electrodes (exchanging) . . . . . . . . 137 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . 56, 144 Empty Pipe Detection (EPD) EPD electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 114 general remarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Empty Pipe Detection (EPD/OED) empty-pipe/full-pipe calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Error limits see Measuring accuracy Error messages acknowledging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 system / process errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

D
Data exchange acyclic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 cyclic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Data storage (S-DAT, T-DAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Endress+Hauser

183

Index

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Error types (system and process errors) . . . . . . . . . 73 Ex certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Ex documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Exchange device fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 measuring electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 printed circuit boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

F
Fieldbus connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 FieldCheck (test and simulation software) . . . . . 120 Fitting length see Dimensions Flow rate / nominal diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Fluid conductivity, minimal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Fluid pressure range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Fluid temperature ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Formats, Standard and Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Function descriptions see Description of device functions manual Function matrix (operation via local display) . . . . . . 71 Functions, function blocks, function groups . . . . . . 71 Fuse, replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Installation check (checklist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation conditions adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dimensions, fitting lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . down pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . foundations (DN > 300) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . inlet and outlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . orientation (vertical, horizontal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . partially filled pipes, drains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing sensor adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . foundations (DN > 300) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ground disks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, ground rings (Promag H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Promag H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Promag H with welding adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . Promag P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Promag P, high-temperature version . . . . . . . . . Promag W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing the wall-mount housing, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Insulating pipes (Promag P) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

46 20 15 16 18 17 15 17 16 15 18 20 18 34 40 39 41 33 35 27 44 35

G
Ground disks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . assembly (Promag P) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . assembly (Promag W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . potential equalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ground rings (Promag H) mounting, application area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . potential equalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grounding cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GSD producer specific GSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Profile GSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 34 28 64 40 62 63 96 96

L
Length of connecting cable (remote version) . . . . . 26 Local display see display Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

M
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material load curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measured variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring accuracy deviation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . reference conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . repeatability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring electrodes see Electrodes Measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring tube inside diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lining, temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring tube specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 147 146 141 143 142 143

H
Hardware configuration device addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 write protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Hazardous area documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Hazardous substances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 High-temperature version (Promag P) installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 temperature ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 HOME position (operating mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

141 141 141 150 144 150

I
IEEE floating point number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Incoming acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Inlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Input data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Input variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Installation see also Installation conditions / Installing sensor

N
Nameplate sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Nominal diameter / flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Nominal pressure see Fluid pressure range

184

Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Index

O
Operable flow range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Operation at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Commuwin II (operating software) . . . . . . . . . . . 80 display and operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 FieldCare (operating software) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 function matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 local display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 SIMATIC PDM (operating software) . . . . . . . . . . 79 ToF Tool-FieldTool (operating software) . . . . . . . 79 Ordering code accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Ordering information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Outlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Output data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Output signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Output variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Resistance to vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Returning devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

S
Safety icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Safety of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Sanitary compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Screw tightening torques Promag H (for plastic process connections) . . . . 39 S-DAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Seals Promag H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Promag P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Promag W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Sensor installation see Installation Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 10 Signal on alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 SIP cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Software amplifier display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 versions (history) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Status code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Supply voltage (auxiliary power) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 System architecture PROFIBUS-DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 PROFIBUS-PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 System error definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 System integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

P
Performance characteristics See Measuring accuracy Potential equalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Power supply failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Pressure loss adapters (reducers, expanders) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 general data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 linings resistance to partial vacuum . . . . . . . . . 152 Printed circuit boards (removing/installing) field housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 wall-mount housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Process connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Process error (definition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Process error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Process errors without messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA cable specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 configure device address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 general information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 shielding, grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Programming mode disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Pumps, location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

T
T-DAT (Transmitter-DAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Temperature ranges ambient temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 fluid temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 ToF Tool-FieldTool Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79, 120 Torques of threaded fasteners see Installation Totalizers, control variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Transmitter electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 installing the wall-mount housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 length of connecting cable (remote version) . . . . 26 turning the field housing (aluminum) . . . . . . . . . . 42 turning the field housing (stainless steel) . . . . . . 42 Transporting the sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Trouble-shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Q
Quick Setup menu Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 113

R
Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Repeatability (measuring accuracy) . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Replaceable electrodes, exchanging . . . . . . . . . . 137 Resistance to shock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

V
Vibrations countermeasures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 resistance to vibration and shock . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Endress+Hauser

185

Index

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

W
Wall-mount housing, installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Weight details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Welding work grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Promag H with welding adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Wiring see Electrical connection Write protection (hardware) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

186

Endress+Hauser

'HFODUDWLRQ RI FRQWDPLQDWLRQ
Dear customer, Because of legal determinations and for the safety of our employees and operating equipment we need this Declaration of contamination with your signature before your order can be handled. Please put the completely filled in declaration to the instrument and to the shipping documents in any case. Add also safety sheets and/or specific handling instructions if necessary.

type of instrument / sensor: __________________________________ medium / concentration: cleaned with: __________________________________ __________________________________

serial number: _______________________ temperature: ______ pressure: _______ conductivity: ______ viscosity: _______

:DUQLQJ KLQWV IRU PHGLXP XVHG

SAFE

o
radioactive

o
explosive

o
caustic

o
poisonous

o
harmful to health

o
biologically hazardous

o
inflammable

o
safe

Please mark the appropriate warning hints. 5HDVRQ IRU UHWXUQ BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB &RPSDQ\ GDWD

company:

______________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________

contact person:

_________________________ _________________________

department: phone number: fax / e-mail: your order no.:

_________________________ _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

address:

______________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________

I hereby certify that the returned equipment has been cleaned and decontaminated acc. to good industrial practices and is in compliance with all regulations. This equipment poses no health or safety risks due to contamination.

_______________________________
(Date)

___________________________________
(company stamp and legally binding signature)

More information about services and repairs: www.services.endress.com

Europe
Austria Wien Endress+Hauser Ges.m.b.H. Tel. (01) 88 05 60, Fax (01) 88 05 63 35 Belarus Minsk Belorgsintez Tel. (017) 2 50 84 73, Fax (017) 2 50 85 83 Belgium / Luxembourg Bruxelles Endress+Hauser S.A. / N.V. Tel. (02) 2 48 06 00, Fax (02) 2 48 05 53 Bulgaria Sofia Intertech-Automation Ltd. Tel. (02) 9 62 71 52, Fax (02) 9 62 14 71 Croatia Zagreb Endress+Hauser GmbH+Co. Tel. (01) 6 63 77 85, Fax (01) 6 63 78 23 Cyprus Nicosia I+G Electrical Services Co. Ltd. Tel. (02) 48 47 88, Fax (02) 48 46 90 Czech Republic Praha Endress+Hauser Czech s.r.o. Tel. (02) 66 78 42 00, Fax (026) 66 78 41 79 Denmark Sborg Endress+Hauser A/S Tel. (70) 13 11 32, Fax (70) 13 21 33 Estonia Tartu Elvi-Aqua O Tel. (7) 30 27 32, Fax (7) 30 27 31 Finland Helsinki Metso Endress+Hauser Oy Tel. (204) 8 31 60, Fax (204) 8 31 61 France Huningue Endress+Hauser S.A. Tel. (389) 69 67 68, Fax (389) 69 48 02 Germany Weil am Rhein Endress+Hauser Messtechnik GmbH+Co. KG Tel. (07621) 9 75 01, Fax (07621) 97 55 55 Great Britain Manchester Endress+Hauser Ltd. Tel. (0161) 2 86 50 00, Fax (0161) 9 98 18 41 Greece Athens I & G Building Services Automation S.A. Tel. (01) 9 24 15 00, Fax (01) 9 22 17 14 Hungary Budapest Endress+Hauser Magyarorszg Tel. (01) 4 12 04 21, Fax (01) 4 12 04 24 Iceland Reykjavik Sindra-Stl hf Tel. 5 75 00 00, Fax 5 75 00 10 Ireland Clane / County Kildare Flomeaco Endress+Hauser Ltd. Tel. (045) 86 86 15, Fax (045) 86 81 82 Italy Cernusco s/N, Milano Endress+Hauser S.p.A. Tel. (02) 92 19 21, Fax (02) 92 19 23 62 Latvia Riga Elekoms Ltd. Tel. (07) 33 64 44, Fax (07) 33 64 48 Lithuania Kaunas UAB Agava Ltd. Tel. (03) 7 20 24 10, Fax (03) 7 20 74 14 Macedonia Beograd Meris d.o.o. Tel. (11) 44 42 96 6, Fax (11) 30 85 77 8 Moldavia Chisinau S.C. Techno Test SRL Tel. (02) 22 61 60, Fax (02) 22 83 13 Netherlands Naarden Endress+Hauser B.V. Tel. (035) 6 95 86 11, Fax (035) 6 95 88 25

Norway Lierskogen Endress+Hauser A/S Tel. 32 85 98 50, Fax 32 85 98 51 Poland Wroclaw Endress+Hauser Polska Sp. z o.o. Tel. (071) 7 80 37 00, Fax (071) 7 80 37 60 Portugal Cacem Endress+Hauser Lda. Tel. (21) 4 26 72 90, Fax (21) 4 26 72 99 Romania Bucharest Romconseng S.R.L. Tel. (021) 41 12 50 1, Fax (021) 41 01 63 4 Russia Moscow Endress+Hauser GmbH+Co Tel. (095) 78 32 85 0, Fax (095) 78 32 85 5 Slovak Republic Bratislava Transcom Technik s.r.o. Tel. (2) 44 88 86 90, Fax (2) 44 88 71 12 Slovenia Ljubljana Endress+Hauser (Slovenija) D.O.O. Tel. (01) 5 19 22 17, Fax (01) 5 19 22 98 Spain Sant Just Desvern Endress+Hauser S.A. Tel. (93) 4 80 33 66, Fax (93) 4 73 38 39 Sweden Sollentuna Endress+Hauser AB Tel. (08) 55 51 16 00, Fax (08) 55 51 16 55 Switzerland Reinach/BL 1 Endress+Hauser Metso AG Tel. (061) 7 15 75 75, Fax (061) 7 11 16 50 Turkey Levent/Istanbul Intek Endstriyel lc ve Kontrol Sistemleri Tel. (0212) 2 75 13 55, Fax (0212) 2 66 27 75 Ukraine Kiev Photonika GmbH Tel. (44) 2 68 81 02, Fax (44) 2 69 07 05 Yugoslavia Republic Beograd Meris d.o.o. Tel. (11) 4 44 29 66, Fax (11) 3 08 57 78

Colombia Bogota D.C. Colsein Ltda. Tel. (01) 2 36 76 59, Fax (01) 6 10 78 68 Costa Rica San Jose Euro-Tec S.A. Tel. 2 20 28 08, Fax 2 96 15 42 Ecuador Quito Insetec Cia. Ltda. Tel. (02) 2 26 91 48, Fax (02) 2 46 18 33 El Salvador San Salvador Automatizacion y Control Industrial de El Salvador, S.A. de C.V. Tel. 2 60 24 24, Fax 2 60 56 77 Guatemala Ciudad de Guatemala Automatizacion y Control Industrial, S.A. Tel. (03) 34 59 85, Fax (03) 32 74 31 Honduras San Pedro Sula, Cortes Automatizacion y Control Industrial de Honduras, S.A. de C.V. Tel. 5 57 91 36, Fax 5 57 91 39 Mexico Mxico, D.F Endress+Hauser (Mxico), S.A. de C.V. Tel. (5) 5 55 68 24 07, Fax (5) 5 55 68 74 59 Nicaragua Managua Automatizacin y Control Industrial de Nicaragua, S.A. Tel. 2 22 61 90, Fax 2 28 70 24 Peru Miraflores Corsusa International Tel. (1) 44 41 20 0, Fax (1) 44 43 66 4 USA Greenwood, Indiana Endress+Hauser Inc. Tel. (317) 5 35 71 38, Fax (317) 5 35 84 98 USA Norcross, Atlanta Endress+Hauser Systems & Gauging Inc. Tel. (770) 4 47 92 02, Fax (770) 4 47 57 67 Venezuela Caracas Controval C.A. Tel. (212) 9 44 09 66, Fax (212) 9 44 45 54

Israel Netanya Instrumetrics Industrial Control Ltd. Tel. (09) 8 35 70 90, Fax (09) 8 35 06 19 Japan Tokyo Sakura Endress Co. Ltd. Tel. (0422) 54 06 11, Fax (0422) 55 02 75 Jordan Amman A.P. Parpas Engineering S.A. Tel. (06) 5 53 92 83, Fax (06) 5 53 92 05 Kazakhstan Almaty BEI Electro Tel. (72) 30 00 28, Fax (72) 50 71 30 Korea, South Seoul Endress+Hauser (Korea) Co. Ltd. Tel. (02) 26 58 72 00, Fax (02) 26 59 28 38 Kuwait Safat United Technical Services Est. For General Trading Tel. 2 41 12 63, Fax 2 41 15 93 Lebanon Jbeil Main Entry Network Engineering Tel. (3) 94 40 80, Fax (9) 54 80 38 Malaysia Shah Alam, Selangor Darul Ehsan Endress+Hauser (M) Sdn. Bhd. Tel. (03) 78 46 48 48, Fax (03) 78 46 88 00 Pakistan Karachi Speedy Automation Tel. (021) 7 72 29 53, Fax (021) 7 73 68 84 Philippines Pasig City, Metro Manila Endress+Hauser (Phillipines) Inc. Tel. (2) 6 38 18 71, Fax (2) 6 38 80 42 Saudi Arabia Jeddah Anasia Trading Est. Tel. (02) 6 53 36 61, Fax (02) 6 53 35 04 Singapore Singapore Endress+Hauser (S.E.A.) Pte. Ltd. Tel. (65) 66 82 22, Fax (65) 66 68 48 Sultanate of Oman Ruwi Mustafa & Sultan Sience & Industry Co. L.L.C. Tel. 63 60 00, Fax 60 70 66 Taiwan Taipei Kingjarl Corporation Tel. (02) 27 18 39 38, Fax (02) 27 13 41 90 Thailand Bangkok 10210 Endress+Hauser (Thailand) Ltd. Tel. (2) 9 96 78 11-20, Fax (2) 9 96 78 10 United Arab Emirates Dubai Descon Trading L.L.C. Tel. (04) 2 65 36 51, Fax (04) 2 65 32 64 Uzbekistan Tashkent Im Mexatronika-Tes Tel. (71) 1 91 77 07, Fax (71) 1 91 76 94 Vietnam Ho Chi Minh City Tan Viet Bao Co. Ltd. Tel. (08) 8 33 52 25, Fax (08) 8 33 52 27

Africa
Algeria Annaba Symes Systemes et Mesures Tel. (38) 88 30 03, Fax (38) 88 30 02 Egypt Heliopolis/Cairo Anasia Egypt For Trading (S.A.E.) Tel. (02) 2 68 41 59, Fax (02) 2 68 41 69 Morocco Casablanca Oussama S.A. Tel. (02) 22 24 13 38, Fax (02) 2 40 26 57 Rep. South Africa Sandton Endress+Hauser (Pty.) Ltd. Tel. (011) 2 62 80 00, Fax (011) 2 62 80 62 Tunisia Tunis CMR Controle, Maintenance et Regulation Tel. (07) 17 93 07 7, Fax (07) 17 88 59 5

Asia
Azerbaijan Baku Modcon Systems - Baku Tel. (12) 92 98 59, Fax (12) 99 13 72 Brunei Negara Brunei Darussalam American International Industries (B) Sdn. Bhd. Tel. (3) 22 37 37, Fax (3) 22 54 58 Cambodia Khan Daun Penh, Phom Penh Comin Khmere Co. Ltd. Tel. (23) 42 60 56, Fax (23) 42 66 22 China Shanghai Endress+Hauser (Shanghai) Instrumentation Co. Ltd. Tel. (021) 54 90 23 00, Fax (021) 54 90 23 03 China Beijing Endress+Hauser (Beijing) Instrumentation Co. Ltd. Tel. (010) 65 88 24 68, Fax (010) 65 88 17 25 Hong Kong Tsimshatsui / Kowloon Endress+Hauser (H.K.) Ltd. Tel. 8 52 25 28 31 20, Fax 8 52 28 65 41 71 India Mumbai Endress+Hauser (India) Pvt. Ltd. Tel. (022) 56 93 83 33, Fax (022) 56 93 88 330 Indonesia Jakarta PT Grama Bazita Tel. (21) 7 95 50 83, Fax (21) 7 97 50 89 Iran Tehran Patsa Industry Tel. (021) 8 72 68 69, Fax (021) 8 71 96 66

Australia + New Zealand


Australia North Ryde NSW 2113 Endress+Hauser Australia Pty. Ltd. Tel. (02) 88 77 70 00, Fax (02) 88 77 70 99 New Zealand Auckland EMC Industrial Group Ltd. Tel. (09) 4 15 51 10, Fax (09) 4 15 51 15

America
Argentina Buenos Aires Endress+Hauser Argentina S.A. Tel. (11) 45 22 79 70, Fax (11) 45 22 79 09 Brazil Sao Paulo Samson Endress+Hauser Ltda. Tel. (011) 50 33 43 33, Fax (011) 50 31 30 67 Canada Burlington, Ontario Endress+Hauser Canada Ltd. Tel. (905) 68 19 29 2, Fax (905) 68 19 44 4 Chile Santiago de Chile Endress+Hauser (Chile) Ltd. Tel. (02) 3 21 30 09, Fax (02) 3 21 30 25

All other countries


Endress+Hauser GmbH+Co. KG Instruments International Weil am Rhein, Germany Tel. (07621) 9 75 02, Fax (07621) 97 53 45

http://www.endress.com

Members of the Endress+Hauser group

05.03

BA 053D/06/en/10.03 50099247 FM+SGML 6.0

Potrebbero piacerti anche